You are on page 1of 264

TR-900 Module

AT Command Guide

Date Document Version Our Reference

: : :

3 June 2011 1.1 02000B34

CONFIDENTIAL

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Document History
Revision 1.0 1.1 Date 7 January 2011 3 June 2011 Document History Preliminary Release Update of Command: Power Off $CPOF SLEEP $CSLEEP TE-TA Local Flow Control +IFC Save Configuration &W Restore Default Factory Settings &F Select Audio Interface $VAUDIO Audio Speaker Output $VSPK Audio Input Gain Fine-Tuner $VTXG Audio Output Gain Fine-Tuner $VRXG Echo Cancellation and Noise Suppression +VECHO TE-TA Character Framing +ICF TE-TA Local Flow Control +IFC Save Configuration &W Reset $CRST Configure IO Directions $CIOC Read IO Status $CIOR Write IO Status $CIOW Event Query $CIOE General Indications $CTRACE

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd.

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

GENERAL NOTE
This document aims to support the application and engineering efforts of iWOWs customers. This document is intended for testing, evaluation, integration, and information purposes only.

iWOW makes every effort to ensure that the quality of the information. However, the content of this documentation is provided on an as is basis and may contain deficiencies or inadequacies.

iWOW disclaims any warranty and all responsibility for the application of the device(s) that is made in relation to the accuracy, reliability or contents of this document. iWOW is not liable for any injury, loss or damage of any kind that may incur from the use or reliance of this document.

iWOW reserves the right to make any modifications, additions and deletions to this document due to typographical errors, inaccurate information, or improvement to our products at any time without notice.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd.

ii

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.9 4.10 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. 1 Document Scope ...................................................................................................................................... 1 Abbreviations ........................................................................................................................................... 1 References ................................................................................................................................................ 4 Supported Character Sets ........................................................................................................................ 5 AT COMMANDS FEATURES ................................................................................................................ 6 Serial Link Settings .................................................................................................................................... 6 AT Commands Syntax ............................................................................................................................... 6 AT Commands Presentation ..................................................................................................................... 7 SIM Insertion and Removal ...................................................................................................................... 7 Wrong Firmware Message ....................................................................................................................... 8 GENERAL COMMANDS ...................................................................................................................... 9 Request Manufacturer Identification +CGMI ........................................................................................... 9 Request Model Identification +CGMM .................................................................................................... 9 Request Firmware Version ..................................................................................................................... 10 Request Product Serial Number Identification +CGSN ........................................................................... 10 Select TE Character Set +CSCS ................................................................................................................ 11 Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity +CIMI ....................................................................... 12 Card Identification +CCID ...................................................................................................................... 12 Power Off $CPOF .................................................................................................................................... 13 Switch off MS +CPWROFF ...................................................................................................................... 13 SLEEP $CSLEEP ........................................................................................................................................ 14 CALL CONTROL COMMANDS ........................................................................................................... 16 Select Address Type +CSTA .................................................................................................................... 16 Dial Command D ..................................................................................................................................... 17 Answer a Call A ....................................................................................................................................... 18 Hook Control H ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Redial Last Telephone Number ATDL ..................................................................................................... 19 Automatic Answer S0 ............................................................................................................................. 20 Call Mode +CMOD .................................................................................................................................. 21 Hang Up Call +CHUP ............................................................................................................................... 22 Tone Duration +VTD ............................................................................................................................... 22

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd.

iii

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

4.11 4.12 4.13 4.14 4.15 5 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13 5.14 5.15 5.16 5.17 5.18 5.19 5.20 5.21 5.22 6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6

Extended Error Report +CEER ................................................................................................................ 23 DTMF and Tone Generation +VTS .......................................................................................................... 24 Voice Hangup Control +CVHU ................................................................................................................ 25 SEND_DTMF User Setting +XDTMF ........................................................................................................ 25 Set Line +XLIN ......................................................................................................................................... 26 NETWORK SERVICE RELATED COMMANDS ...................................................................................... 27 Signal Quality +CSQ ................................................................................................................................ 27 Operator Selection +COPS ...................................................................................................................... 28 Selection of Preferred PLMN List +CPLS ................................................................................................. 29 Network Registration +CREG .................................................................................................................. 30 Preferred Operator List +CPOL ............................................................................................................... 32 Selection of Radio Access Technology +XRAT ........................................................................................ 34 Read Operator Names +COPN ................................................................................................................ 35 Select Band +XBANDSEL ......................................................................................................................... 36 Enter PIN +CPIN ...................................................................................................................................... 36 Facility Lock +CLCK ................................................................................................................................. 38 Change Password +CPWD ...................................................................................................................... 41 Disable Circuit Switching Paging +XCSPAGING ....................................................................................... 42 Select Phonebook Memory Storage +CPBS ............................................................................................ 42 Read Phonebook Entries +CPBR ............................................................................................................. 44 Write/Erase Phonebook Entry +CPBW ................................................................................................... 45 Find Phonebook Entries +CPBF .............................................................................................................. 46 Subscriber Number +CNUM ................................................................................................................... 47 Set Voice Mail Number +CSVM .............................................................................................................. 49 Extended Error Report for Location Update Reject During CS Registration +NEER ............................... 50 Display EONS Names +XEONS ................................................................................................................ 51 Home Zone Reporting +XHOMEZR ......................................................................................................... 52 Mobile Station Event Reporting for Battery and Signal Strength +XMER .............................................. 53 SHORT MESSAGES COMMANDS ...................................................................................................... 55 Message Storage Parameters ................................................................................................................. 55 Message Data Parameters ..................................................................................................................... 56 Select Message Service +CSMS .............................................................................................................. 60 New Message Acknowledgement to ME/TA +CNMA............................................................................. 61 Preferred Message Storage +CPMS ........................................................................................................ 62 Message Format +CMGF ........................................................................................................................ 64

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd.

iv

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.7 6.8 6.9 6.10 6.11 6.12 6.13 6.14 6.15 6.16 6.17 6.18 6.19 6.20 6.21 6.22 6.23 6.24 7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 8.10

Save Settings +CSAS ............................................................................................................................... 65 Restore Settings +CRES........................................................................................................................... 66 Text Mode Parameters +CSMP .............................................................................................................. 67 Service Center Address +CSCA ............................................................................................................... 69 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types +CSCB .......................................................................................... 70 New Message Indications to TE +CNMI .................................................................................................. 71 Show Text Mode Parameters +CSDH ..................................................................................................... 75 List Messages +CMGL ............................................................................................................................. 76 Read Message +CMGR ........................................................................................................................... 79 Send Message +CMGS ............................................................................................................................ 80 Send Message from Storage +CMSS....................................................................................................... 83 Write Message to Memory +CMGW ...................................................................................................... 84 Delete Message +CMGD ......................................................................................................................... 87 Send Command +CMGC ......................................................................................................................... 88 More Messages to Send +CMMS ........................................................................................................... 90 Message Service Failure Result Code +CMS ERROR ............................................................................... 91 Initiate Resending of SMS over CS if GPRS Fails +XCSSMS ..................................................................... 91 Detection of Signal DR_SM_FINISHED_IND +XSMS ................................................................................ 92 AUDIO COMMANDS ........................................................................................................................ 93 Select Audio Interface $VAUDIO ............................................................................................................ 93 Audio Speaker Output $VSPK ................................................................................................................. 94 Audio Input Gain Fine-Tuner $VTXG ...................................................................................................... 95 Audio Output Gain Fine-Tuner $VRXG ................................................................................................... 97 Echo Cancellation and Noise Suppression +VECHO ............................................................................... 98 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES COMMANDS ..................................................................................... 102 Calling Line Identification Presentation +CLIP ...................................................................................... 102 Calling Line Identification Restriction +CLIR ......................................................................................... 103 Connected line identification presentation +COLP .............................................................................. 104 List Current Calls +CLCC ........................................................................................................................ 106 Closed user group +CCUG .................................................................................................................... 108 Call Forwarding Number and Conditions +CCFC .................................................................................. 109 Call Waiting +CCWA ............................................................................................................................. 111 Call Hold +CHLD .................................................................................................................................... 114 Unstructured Supplementary Service Data +CUSD .............................................................................. 115 Advice of Charge +CAOC ...................................................................................................................... 117

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd.

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.11 8.12 8.13 8.14 8.15 8.16 8.17 8.18 8.19 9 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16 10.17 10.18 10.19

Accumulated Call Meter Maximum +CAMM ....................................................................................... 118 Information to in-Band-Tones Availability +XPROGRESS ..................................................................... 119 Automatic Redialing +XREDIAL ............................................................................................................. 120 Accumulated Call Meter +CACM .......................................................................................................... 121 Set Reporting Call Status +XCALLSTAT ................................................................................................. 122 Description: .......................................................................................................................................... 123 Call Meter Maximum Event +CCWE ..................................................................................................... 124 Supplementary Service Notifications +CSSN ........................................................................................ 125 Calling Name Presentation +CNAP ....................................................................................................... 127 DATA COMMANDS ........................................................................................................................ 128 Select Bearer Service Type +CBST ........................................................................................................ 128 Radio Link Protocol +CRLP .................................................................................................................... 130 Service Reporting Control +CR ............................................................................................................. 131 Cellular Result Codes +CRC ................................................................................................................... 132 Service Class Selection and Identification +FCLASS .............................................................................. 134 MOBILE EQUIPMENT CONTROL AND STATUS COMMANDS ........................................................... 135 Fixed DTE Rate +IPR .............................................................................................................................. 135 TE-TA Character Framing +ICF .............................................................................................................. 136 TE-TA Local Flow Control +IFC .............................................................................................................. 137 Phone Activity Status +CPAS ................................................................................................................ 138 Set Phone Functionality +CFUN ............................................................................................................ 139 Mute Control +CMUT ........................................................................................................................... 140 Set Real Time Clock +CCLK ................................................................................................................... 141 Battery Charging +CBC ......................................................................................................................... 142 Indicator Control +CIND ....................................................................................................................... 143 Configuration Trace and Modem (AT) interfaces +XSIO ...................................................................... 144 Switch Trace ON/OFF +TRACE .............................................................................................................. 145 Generic SIM access +CSIM .................................................................................................................... 147 Display Generation and SW Version +XGENDATA ................................................................................ 148 Enter PIN +CPIN2 .................................................................................................................................. 148 Restricted SIM Access +CRSM .............................................................................................................. 149 Automatic Time Zone Update +CTZU ................................................................................................... 152 Time Zone Reporting +CTZR ................................................................................................................. 153 List All Available AT Commands +CLAC ................................................................................................ 154 Configure LwIP Tracing Module +SETLITRACE ...................................................................................... 155

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd.

vi

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.20 10.21 10.22 10.23 10.24 10.25 10.26 10.27 10.28 10.29 10.30 10.31 10.32 10.33 10.34 11 11.1 11.2 11.2.1 11.2.2 12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7 12.8 13 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4

Open Logical Channel +CCHO ............................................................................................................... 156 Close Logical Channel +CCHC ............................................................................................................... 157 Restricted UICC Logical Channel Access +CRLA .................................................................................... 157 Generic UICC Logical Channel Access +CGLA ....................................................................................... 158 Configure the Data Channel + XDATACHANNEL ................................................................................... 159 Customer Service Profile +XCSP ........................................................................................................... 160 Set CTM Working Mode +XCTMS ......................................................................................................... 161 Configure the Mode of HSDPA/HSUPA +XHSDUPA .............................................................................. 162 Trigger Fast Dormancy +XFDOR ........................................................................................................... 163 Set Fast Dormancy Timer +XFDORT ..................................................................................................... 164 UICC Application Discovery +CUAD ...................................................................................................... 165 Display SIM and Phonelock Status +XSIMSTATE .................................................................................. 165 Rx Diversity +XRXDIV ............................................................................................................................ 166 Checks for UICC Card +XUICC ............................................................................................................... 169 Get remaining SIM PIN attempts +XPINCNT ........................................................................................ 169 MOBILE EQUIPMENT ERRORS ....................................................................................................... 171 Report Mobile Equipment Error +CMEE............................................................................................... 171 Mobile Equipment Error Result Code +CME ERROR ............................................................................ 172 General Errors ............................................................................................................................. 172 GPRS- Related Errors................................................................................................................... 172 GENERIC TA CONTROL COMMANDS V25 .................................................................................... 174 Reset to Default Configuration Z .......................................................................................................... 174 Save Configuration &W ........................................................................................................................ 174 Restore Default Factory Settings &F .................................................................................................... 175 Command Echo Mode E ....................................................................................................................... 175 Result Code Suppression Q .................................................................................................................. 176 Response Format V .............................................................................................................................. 177 Result Code Selection and Call Progress Monitoring Control X ........................................................... 178 Multiplexing Mode +CMUX .................................................................................................................. 179 SYSTEM CONTROL AND STATUS COMMANDS ............................................................................... 181 Reset $CRST .......................................................................................................................................... 181 Configure IO Directions $CIOC ............................................................................................................. 182 Read IO Status $CIOR ........................................................................................................................... 185 Write IO Status $CIOW ......................................................................................................................... 186

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd.

vii

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

13.5 14 14.1 15 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.6 15.7 15.8 15.9 15.10 15.11 15.12 15.13 15.14 15.15 15.16 15.17 15.18 15.19 15.20 15.21 15.22 16 16.1 16.2 16.2.1 16.3 16.3.1 16.3.2 16.3.3

Event Query $CIOE ............................................................................................................................... 187 SPECIFIC COMMANDS ................................................................................................................... 190 General Indications $CTRACE ............................................................................................................... 190 GPRS COMMANDS ........................................................................................................................ 192 Define PDP Context +CGDCONT ........................................................................................................... 192 Quality of Service Profile (Requested) +CGQREQ................................................................................. 195 Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable) +CGQMIN ............................................................... 199 GPRS Attach or Detach +CGATT ........................................................................................................... 201 PDP Context Activate or Deactivate +CGACT ....................................................................................... 202 Define Secondary PDP Context +CGDSCONT ....................................................................................... 203 Enter Data State +CGDATA ................................................................................................................... 205 Show PDP Address +CGPADDR ............................................................................................................. 207 Automatic Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation +CGAUTO ............................ 208 GPRS Mobile Station Class +CGCLASS .................................................................................................. 209 Changing the Startup MS Class +XCGCLASS ......................................................................................... 210 GPRS Event Reporting +CGEREP ........................................................................................................... 211 GPRS Network Registration Status +CGREG ......................................................................................... 212 Select Service for MO SMS Messages +CGSMS .................................................................................... 214 PDP Context Modify +CGCMOD ........................................................................................................... 215 Traffic Flow Template +CGTFT.............................................................................................................. 215 3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable) +CGEQMIN ........................................................ 218 3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested) +CGEQREQ ......................................................................... 223 3G Quality of Service Profile (Negotiated) +CGEQNEG ........................................................................ 227 Set Type of Authentication +XGAUTH .................................................................................................. 230 Dynamic DNS Request +XDNS .............................................................................................................. 231 Automatic Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation 'S0' ...................................... 232 MOBILE EQUIPMENT RESULT CODE AND DEFINITION ................................................................... 233 General Errors ...................................................................................................................................... 233 CMS Error Codes................................................................................................................................... 235 Failure to Transfer or Process a Short Message ......................................................................... 235 CEER Error Codes .................................................................................................................................. 237 Normally Occurring Errors .......................................................................................................... 237 Errors Caused by Unavailable Resources .................................................................................... 237 Errors Due to Service or Option Not Available ........................................................................... 238

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd.

viii

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

16.3.4 16.3.5 16.3.6 16.3.7 16.3.8 16.4 16.4.1 16.4.2 16.4.3 17

Errors Due to Service or Option Not Implemented .................................................................... 238 Errors Caused by Invalid Message .............................................................................................. 239 Errors Caused by Protocol Error ................................................................................................. 239 Interworking Errors ..................................................................................................................... 239 Other Error Codes ....................................................................................................................... 239 GPRS-Related Errors ............................................................................................................................. 240 Errors Related to a Failure to Perform an Attach ....................................................................... 240 Errors Related to a Failure to Activate a Context ....................................................................... 240 Other GPRS Errors ....................................................................................................................... 241 SUPPORT/ CONTACT US ................................................................................................................ 245

APPENDIX A: SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE ELEMENTS .................................................................................... 246 APPENDIX B: SAVABLE PARAMETERS .......................................................................................................... 251

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd.

ix

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

1
1.1

INTRODUCTION
Document Scope

This document describes the AT commands used for interfacing between a host application and iWOW TR-900 GSM/GPRS module to manage GSM or GPRS-related events and services. The information present in this document is relevant to the TR-900 GSM/GPRS module.

1.2

Abbreviations

The following abbreviations are used in this document:

Abbreviation ACM ADC AMR AMR- FR AMR-HR AND AOC APN ASCII

Description Accumulated Call Meter Analog Digital Convertor Adaptive Multi-rate AMR Full-rate AMR Half-rate Abbreviated Dialing Number Advice of Charge Access Point Name American Standard Code for Information Interchange. A form of character coding scheme

AT BCCH BCD BER BSIC CBM CI CLI CR CSD

Attention Broadcast Channel Binary Coded Decimal Bit Error Rate Base Station Identity Code Cell Broadcast Message Cell Identity Calling Line Identity Carriage Return Circuit Switched Data

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Abbreviation CTS CUG DCD DCE DCS DSR DTE DTMF DTR EFR FDN FR GPIO GPRS GSM GTP HR IMEI IMSI IP ISP kbps LAC LF LLC MCC ME MMI MNC MO MS MSISDN MT NITZ

Description Clear To Send Closed User Group Data Carrier Detect Data Communication Equipment Data Coding Scheme Data Set Ready Data Terminal Equipment Dual Tone Multi Frequency Data Terminal Ready Enhanced Full-rate Fixed Dialing Number Full-rate General Purpose Input Output General Packet Radio Service Global Standard for Mobile Communications GPRS Tunneling Protocol Half-rate International Mobile station Equipment Identity International Mobile Subscriber Number Internet Protocol Internet Service Provider kilo bit per second Local Area Code Line Feed Logical Link Control Mobile Country Code Mobile Equipment Man Machine Interface Mobile Network Codes Mobile Originator Mobile Station Mobile Station International ISDN Number Mobile Terminal Network Information and Time Zone

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Abbreviation PDP PDU PIN PLMN PPP PUK QoS RF RI RLC RLP RSSI RTS SDU SIM SMS SMSC TA TCH TCP TE TP TPDU TP-PID TP-VP TP-VPF UART UDP UDUB UIH UMTS USSD

Description Packet Data Protocol Packet Data Unit Personal Identification Number Public Land Mobile Network Point-to-Point Protocol PIN Unlock Key Quality of Service Radio Frequency Ring Indicator Radio Link Control Radio link protocol Received Signal Strength Indication Ready To Send Service Data Unit Subscriber Identification Number Short Messages Service Short Messages Service Centre Terminal Adaptor Traffic Channel Transmission Control Protocol Terminal Equipment Terminal Point Transport Protocol Data Unit Protocol Identifier TP Validity Period TP Validity Period Format Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter User Data Protocol User Determined User Busy Un-numbered Information with Header check Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Unstructured Supplementary Service Data

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

1.3

References

1. GSM 07.07 : AT command set for GSM Mobile Equipment (ME) (version 7.8.0 Release 1998)

2. GSM 07.05 : Use of Data Terminal Equipment - Data Circuit terminating Equipment (DTE - DCE) interface for Short Message Service (SMS) and Cell Broadcast Service (CBS) ( version 6.0.0 Release 1998)

3. GSM 07.60 : General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Mobile Station (MS) supporting GPRS (Release 1997)

4. GSM 03.40 : Digital cellular telecommunications system (Phase 2+) ; Technical realization of the Short Message Service (SMS)

5. GSM 02.60 : General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Service description (Version 7.5.0 Release 1998)

6. ITU-T V25ter : ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter; Series V: data communication over the telephone network; Interfaces and voice band modems; Serial asynchronous automatic dialing and control, ITU

7. ITU-T T.32 : Asynchronous facsimile DCE control - service class 2

8. 3GPP TS 11.14 (GSM 11.14): Specification of the SIM Application Toolkit for the Subscriber Identity ModuleMobile Equipment (SIM - ME) interface

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

1.4

Supported Character Sets

The character set on the module can be selected using AT+CSCS. The supported character sets are as follows:

Abbreviation GSM Alphabet (7-bit) IRA (7-bit) PCCP437 PCDN Latin 1 (1-6) character set Hexadecimal UCS2 (16-bit)

Description GSM 03.38 ITU-T T.50 PC character set Code Page 437 PC Danish/Norwegian character set ISO 8859-1 Unicode character

Note: Note that ASCII alphabet is not equivalent to GSM alphabet

Example of Character Definitions: GSM Hex Value 00 5C 3B ASCII character Null \ ; ASCII Escape Sequence \00 \5C \3B Hex Escape Sequence 5C 30 30 5C 35 43 5C 33 42

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

2
2.1

AT COMMANDS FEATURES
Serial Link Settings

The serial link handler has the following factory settings: 115200 bps baud rate(option to configure to other baud-rate upon customers request) 8 bits data 1 stop bit None parity RTS/CTS flow control

The commands +IPR, +IFC, +ICF can be used to configure the Serial Link.

2.2

AT Commands Syntax

To control the GSM/GPRS module, one can simply send the AT commands via its serial interface.

Commands always start with the prefix AT or at and end with the command line <enter> or <CR> character. Parameters shown in the bracket [] are optional, which means when the command is executed without these parameters, their default values are used.

Several AT commands may be combined on the same command line. This eliminates the need to type AT or at repeatedly for each command and is only needed once at the beginning of the command line. The semicolon ; must be used as a command separator.

Note: Appending AT commands should generally be avoided, as the expected response might not be received.

For most command syntaxes except for ATV0 and ATQ1, responses start and end with <CR><LF> If command line has been executed successfully, an OK is returned If command syntax is incorrect, the ERROR string is returned. If command syntax is correct but transmitted with wrong parameters, the +CME ERROR:

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<err> or +CMS ERROR <SmsErr> string is returned in case CMEE was previously set to 1 and only ERROR in case CMEE is set to 0 (default value)

2.3

AT Commands Presentation

The AT commands are presented in this document as follow: Description section provides general information on the AT command objective and behavior Notes section, if any, provides remarks on how to use command Getting/Setting section provides general syntax for setting and getting the values Command Syntax section describes command and response syntaxes and examples presenting the real use of that command Defined Values section describes all parameters and values supported including default values, if available

2.4

SIM Insertion and Removal

SIM Card insertion and removal are supported and detected by a SIM Detect pin. This pin is constantly monitored for changes in state.

When the SIM detect pin indicates that a card is present, a SIM card initialization session will be triggered. If a valid SIM card is detected, the SIM card initialization session will be executed. The AT+CPIN? Command will return various responses for the following: If card inserted is a SIM Card, the response displayed +CPIN: XXXX will indicate the current SIM status. If card inserted is not SIM card, the response displayed will be +CME ERROR: 10 (SIM not inserted) During the SIM initialization, the response +CME ERROR: 515 (Initialization of SIM in progress) will be displayed. (Note: Timing for initialization of SIM varies if SIM user data files are very large)

When the SIM Detect pin detects card absence due to SIM card removal, an IMSI detach procedure will be performed. This will bring the module into emergency mode state where all user data relating to the SIM will be made unavailable.

For unsolicited responses of SIM removal, the AT-Command $CTRACE can be enabled.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

2.5

Wrong Firmware Message

When a firmware is downloaded into a module with unmatched configuration, IMEI ERROR or SEC ERROR message will appear. To avoid this scenario, always ensure firmware with the correct configuration is downloaded into your module.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

3
3.1

GENERAL COMMANDS
Request Manufacturer Identification +CGMI

Description: This command gives the manufacturer identification.

Syntax: AT+CGMI Command AT+CGMI Possible Responses <manufacturer> OK or CME ERROR: <error> AT+CGMI iWOW OK

3.2

Request Model Identification +CGMM

Description: This command gives the manufacturer model identification

Syntax: AT+CGMM Command AT+CGMM AT+CGMM Possible Responses <model> OK TR-900 OK or CME ERROR: <error>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

3.3

Request Firmware Version

Description: This command gives the firmware version.

Syntax: AT+CGMR Command AT+CGMR Possible Responses <firmware version> OK or CME ERROR: <error> AT+CGMR AU001.2.0.0 OK

3.4

Request Product Serial Number Identification +CGSN

Description: This command gives the IMEI (International Mobile station Equipment Identity) of the GSM module.

Syntax: AT+CGSN Command AT+CGSN Possible Responses <IMEI number> OK or CME ERROR: <error> AT+CGSN 351621000000008 OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

10

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

3.5

Select TE Character Set +CSCS

Description: This command informs the TA which character set <chset> is used by the TE. TA is then able to convert and display character strings correctly between TE and ME character sets.

Syntax: AT+CSCS=<chset> Command AT+CSCS=<chset> AT+CSCS? AT+CSCS=? Possible Responses OK or CMEE:<error> +CSCS: <chset>or +CME ERROR: <err> +CSCS: (list of supported <chset>s)

Defined Values <chset> GSM GSM 7 bit default alphabet (3GPP TS 23.038 [25]); this setting causes easily software flow control (XON/XOFF) problems HEX Character strings consist only of hexadecimal numbers from 00 to FF; e.g. 032FE6 equals three 8-bit

characters with decimal values 3, 47 and 230; no conversions to the original MT character set shall be done.

IRA International reference alphabet (ITU-T T.50 [13]).

UCS2 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set (ISO/IEC10646 [32]); UCS2 character strings are converted to hexadecimal numbers from 0000 to FFFF; e.g. 004100620063 equals three 16-bit characters with decimal values 65, 98 and 99.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

11

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

3.6

Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity +CIMI

Description: This command is used to identify the IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Number) of an individual SIM which is attached to ME.

Syntax: AT+CIMI

Command AT+CIMI

Possible Responses <IMSI> OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

+CIMI=?

OK

Defined Values <IMSI> International Mobile Subscriber Identity .

3.7

Card Identification +CCID

Description: This command reads the EF-CCID file on the SIM card. Note: If no EF-CCID file is present on the SIM Card, the +CCID response will not be displayed but the OK message is returned.

Syntax: AT+CCID Command AT+CCID


Note: Get card ID

Possible Responses $CCID:"8965010510210273209" OK $CCID:"8965010510210273209" OK OK


Note: Command Valid. No parameter is returned.

AT+CCID?
Note: Get current value

AT+CCID=?
Note: Get possible value

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

12

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

3.8

Power Off $CPOF

Description: This command stops and powers off the module.

Note: When AT$CPOF=1 is issued, module is completed switched off and will not be able to process any AT Commands. Hardware ON or Reset is required to power on module.

Syntax: AT$CPOF=<n>

Command AT$CPOF=1
Note: Power switch off

Possible Responses OK

Defined Values

<n> 1 = Power Switch off

3.9

Switch off MS +CPWROFF

This command allows to switches off the MS. Execution command switches off the MS (shutdown the system). Test command returns OK string.

S yntax: AT+CPWROFF Command AT+CPWROFF Possible Responses OK Or +CME ERROR: <error> OK

AT+CPWROFF=?

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

13

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

3.10 SLEEP $CSLEEP


Description: This command enables/ disables SLEEP operating mode.

SLEEP is a low power consumption mode. In this mode, the module is connected to the network, but with restricted access to the peripheral interfaces (UART, 2-wire, USB and SIM). The system will switch the module to SLEEP mode when the following conditions are all true: $CSLEEP is set to 1; and Modem is in IDLE mode; and UART has no activities for the past 10 seconds; and USB is detached; and No activities in 2-Wire Interface; and No Battery charging in progress

The following conditions will switch the module back to IDLE mode from SLEEP mode: Key Pad activities are detected*; USB is attached*; UART activities (including DTR) are detected*; Battery charging takes place*; SIM activities detected*; or GSM paging (spike)**

*The module will wait for the next deep sleep condition to switch back to SLEEP mode. **The module will switch back to SLEEP mode immediately after GSM Paging.

For more information on the operating modes, please refer to TR-900 Product Technical Specifications.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

14

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Syntax: AT$CSLEEP=<n>

Command AT$CSLEEP?

Possible Responses $CSLEEP: 0 OK

AT$CSLEEP=?

$CSLEEP: (0,1) OK

AT$CSLEEP=1
Note: Enable SLEEP

OK

Defined Values

<n> 0 1 = = Disable SLEEP Enable SLEEP (default)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

15

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

4
4.1

CALL CONTROL COMMANDS


Select Address Type +CSTA

Description: This command selects the type <type> of address octet in integer for further dialing commands (D) according to GSM specifications. The default is 145 when dialing string includes international access code character "+", otherwise 129 (refer GSM 04.08 [8] sub-clause 10.5.4.7). Set command sets type of number for further dialing. Read command returns type of address. Test command returns the range of supported type of addresses

Syntax: AT+CSTA=<type>

Command AT+CSTA=<type>

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR : <error>

AT+CSTA? AT+CSTA=?

+CSTA: <type> OK +CSTA: (128-225) OK

Defined Values

<type> 129 = Dial string begins with a digit or it is a local number refer to GSM 04.08 [8] sub-clause 10.5.4.7 145 = Default value when dialing string includes international access code character "+"

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

16

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

4.2

Dial Command D

The V.24ter dial command D lists characters that may be used in a dialing string for making a call or controlling supplementary services in accordance with GSM02.30 and initiates the indicated kind of call. No further commands may follow in the command line.

3.2.1 V.25ter Dialing Digits


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 * # + A B C (implementation of these characters is mandatory for GSM/ UMTS D (implementation of this character is optional for GSM/UMTS, and it is ignored

3.2.2 V.25ter or GSM Modifier


,, T, P, !, W or @ are ignored ; forces a voice call originated to the given address > allows direct dialing from phonebook I invocation restrict CLI presentation i suppression i.e. allows CLI presentation G or g control the CUG supplementary service information for this call (s.+CCUG

3.2.3 Direct Dialing from Phonebooks with Syntax


ATD><str> [I] [G] [;] originate a call to phone number which corresponding alphanumeric field in the default phonebook is <str>. ATD>mem<n> *I+ *G+ *;+ originate a call to phone number in memory (one of the phonebooks) mem entry location <n>. mem may be for example SM, FD or LD. ATD><n> [I] [G] [;] originate a call to phone number in entry location <n> of the default phonebook

The semicolon character shall be added when a voice call is originated. CLIR and CUG per call modifiers can also be present.

Responses VERBOSE OK CONNECT RING NUMERIC 0 1 2 DESCRIPTION Acknowledges successful execution of command. A connection has been established The DCE has detected an incoming call signal from the network

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

17

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

NO CARRIER

The connection has been terminated or the attempt to establish a connection failed

BUSY NO ANSWER CONNECT <data rate> RING CTM

7 8 9 10

Engaged (busy) signal detected If no hang up is detected after a fixed network timeout Same as CONNECT but includes the data rate The MS has detected an incoming CTM call signal from the network; this code is proprietary

CONNECT FAX CTM CALL

11 12

Same as CONNECT but includes the indication related to FAX call The DTE user is informed that a TTY/CTM MI call will be established; proprietary code

NO CTM CALL

13

No TTY/CTM MO call can be established; proprietary code

4.3

Answer a Call A

Description: This command instructs the DCE to immediately connect to line and start the answer sequence as specified for the underlying DCE. Any additional command that appears after A on the same command line is ignored. The user is informed that an incoming call is waiting, by the information result code RING or +CRING displayed on TE.

Syntax: ATA

Command

Possible Responses RING


Note: Incoming call

ATA

OK
Note: voice call accepted

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

18

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

4.4

Hook Control H

Description: This command is used to disconnect the remote user. Note: all active calls and held calls will be released but not waiting calls

Syntax: Command Syntax: ATH or ATH0

Command ATH

Possible Responses OK
Note: All calls are released

4.5

Redial Last Telephone Number ATDL

Description: This command is used to redial the last dialed number.

Syntax: ATDL Command ATDL Possible Responses OK OR CME ERROR : <error>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

19

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

4.6

Automatic Answer S0

Description: This S-parameter command controls the automatic answering feature of the DCE. If set to 0, automatic answering is disabled, otherwise it cause the DCE to answer when the Incoming call indication (ring) has occurred; the number of times will be indicated by the value that is set.

Set command is used to enable the automatic answering feature of the DCE. Read command returns the value that is currently set.

Syntax: ATS0=<value>

Command ATS0=2
Note: Automatic answer after 2 rings

Possible Responses OK

ATS0=?

S0: <value> OK

Defined Values <value> Number of rings is a integer in range 0-255. Default setting: S0=0, meaning automatic answering is disabled.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

20

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

4.7

Call Mode +CMOD

Description: This command selects the call mode of further dialing commands (D) or for next answering command (A).

Set command sets type of call mode for further dialing command (D) or next answering command (A). Read command returns information on the current call mode. Test command returns the range of supported call modes (i.e. <n>)

Syntax: AT+CMOD=<mode> Command AT+CMOD=0 AT+CMOD? AT+CMOD=? Possible Responses OK OR CME ERROR : <error> +CMOD: <list of supported <mode>s> OK +CMOD: <list supported <mode>s> OK

Defined Values

<mode> 0 1 2 3 single mode alternating voice/fax (tele-service 61) alternating voice/data (bearer service 61) voice followed by data (bearer service 81)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

21

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

4.9

Hang Up Call +CHUP

Description: This command causes the TA to hang up the current GSM call of the ME. Note: all active call will be released but neither waiting or held calls

Syntax: AT+CHUP

Command AT+CHUP

Possible Responses OK
Note: Hang up current GSM call

or +CME ERROR: <error> AT+CHUP=? OK

4.10 Tone Duration +VTD


This command refers to an integer <n> that defines the length of tones emitted as a result of the +VTS command. Note: In GSM/UMTS the value of tone duration is preset and cannot be altered.

Set command sets duration value <n>. Read command returns current set value of duration <n>. Test command returns the list of supported duration values.

Syntax: AT+VTD= [<n>] Command AT+VTD=[n] Possible Responses OK OR CME ERROR : <error> +VTD:<n> OK +VTD: <list supported <n>s> OK

AT+VTD? AT+VTD=?

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

22

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values <n> is an integer in range of 0 to 255. A value different than zero causes a tone of duration <n>/10 seconds. The value 1 is default. If the value 0 is selected, the tone duration is set to 1/10 second.

4.11 Extended Error Report +CEER

Description: This execution command provides an extended report of 1 line about categorized error causes. Examples: +CEER: No report available +CEER: CC setup error,1,Unassigned (unallocated) number +CEER: SM detach,0,No cause information available Execution command provides an extended report of 1 line about categorized error causes. Test command returns OK string.

Syntax: AT+CEER

Command AT+CEER Test AT+CEER=?

Possible Responses +CEER: <category>[,<cause>,<description>] OK OK

Defined Values

<category>

No report available CC setup error CC modification error CC release SM attach error SM detach SM activation error SM deactivation SS network error cause SS network reject cause SS network GSM cause

<cause> contains a digit representing the error cause sent by network or internally <description> is a verbose string containing the textual representation of the Cause

A table of possible <causes> and <descriptions> for CC and SM categories is available in Annex Cand D for SS error codes in Annex E.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

23

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

4.12 DTMF and Tone Generation +VTS

Description: This command allows the transmission of DTMF tones and arbitrary tones. These tones may be used e.g. when announcing the start of a recording period. In GSM this operates only in voice mode. If the optional parameter <duration> is left out, the tone duration is given by the setting +VTD (see +VTD description). Set command sets <DTMF> A single ASCII character in the set 0-9, #,*, A-D <duration> of the play tone command. If the optional parameter <duration> is left out, the tone duration is given by the setting +VTD Test command returns the list of supported <DTMF> key (digit) values.

Syntax: AT+VTS= <DTMF>,[<duration>] Command AT+VTS=<DTMF>,[<duration>] AT+VTS=? AT+VTS=0 AT+VTS=? AT+VTS=A;+VTS=B;+VTS=#


Note: to send tone in AB# sequence

Possible Responses OK OR CME ERROR : <error> +VTS: (<list of <DTMF>s>), (list of supported <durations>s) OK OK
Note: command valid

+VTS: (0-9, #,*,A-D),(1-255) OK


Note: command valid

Defined Values

<DTMF> is a single ASCII character in the set 0-9, #, *, A-D. <duration> integer in range 0-255, meaning 1/10(10 millisec) seconds multiples.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

24

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

4.13 Voice Hangup Control +CVHU


Description: This command controls the voice hangup. Set command selects whether ATH or "drop DTR" shall cause a voice connection to be disconnected or not. Read command returns current set value of <mode>. Test command returns the list of supported <mode> values.

Syntax: AT+CVHU= [<mode>] Command AT+CVHU=[mode] Possible Responses OK OR CME ERROR : <error> +CVHU:<mode> OK +CVHU: <list supported <mode>s> OK

AT+CVHU? AT+CVHU=?

Defined Values <mode> 0 1 2 Drop DTR ignored but OK response given. ATH disconnects. Drop DTR and ATH ignored but OK response given. Drop DTR behavior according to &D setting. ATH disconnects.

4.14 SEND_DTMF User Setting +XDTMF


Description: This command allows setting the value of SEND DTMF user setting that controls whether the DTMF tone generation on request from SIM-TK is allowed. Set command allows setting the value of SEND DTMF user setting. Read command allows reading the value of SEND DTMF user setting. Test command returns list of supported values for SEND DTMF user setting.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

25

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Syntax: AT+XDTMF=<mode> +XDTMF action command syntax Command AT+XDTMF=<mode> Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +XDTMF: <mode> OK +XDTMF: (list of supported <mode>s) OK

AT+XDTMF? AT+XDTMF=?

Defined Values <mode> indicates the working mode in relation to DTMF tone generation via SIM-TK and may be: 0 1 SEND_DTMF off SEND_DTMF on

4.15 Set Line +XLIN


This command sets the current line. Set command sets the current line. Read command reads the current line. Test command returns list of supported <line>s.

Syntax: AT+XLIN=[<line>] Command AT+XLIN=1 Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +XLIN: 1 OK +XLIN: (1-2) OK

AT+XLIN? AT+XLIN=?

Defined values <line> 1 2 line identifier may be: indicates line 1 indicates line 2
26

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5
5.1

NETWORK SERVICE RELATED COMMANDS


Signal Quality +CSQ

Description: This execution command returns signal strength indication <rssi> and channel bit error. Test command returns values supported as compound values. Syntax: AT+CSQ

Command AT+CSQ

Possible Responses +CSQ: <rssi>,<ber> or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CSQ=? AT+CSQ

+CSQ: (list of supported <rssi>s),(list of supported <ber>s) +CSQ: 31,99 OK

AT+CSQ=?

+CSQ: 2-31,(99) OK

Defined Values

<rssi> 0 1 2...30 31 99 = = = = = 113 dBm or less 111 dBm 109... 53 dBm 51 dBm or greater not known or not detectable

<ber> (in percent) 0...7 99 = = as RXQUAL values in the table in GSM 05.08 [20] subclause 8.2.4 not known or not detectable

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

27

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.2

Operator Selection +COPS

Description: This command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM/UMTS network. Set command sets automatic network selection or selects network and a certain access technology AcT. Read command returns current network. command returns available networks and lists of supported <mode>s and <format>s. This command is abortable.

Syntax: AT+COPS= [<mode> [, <format> [, <oper>> [, <AcT>]]]]

Command AT+COPS=[<mode>[,<format> [,<oper>[,< AcT>]]]] AT+COPS? AT+COPS=?

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

+COPS: <mode>[,<format>,<oper>[,< AcT>]] OK Or +CME ERROR: <err> +COPS: [list of supported (<stat>,long alphanumeric <oper> ,short alphanumeric <oper>,numeric <oper>[,< AcT>,<plmn_list>)s] [,,(list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <format>s)] OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

Defined Values <mode> is used to select, whether the selection is done automatically by the ME or is forced by this command to operator <oper> given in the format <format>. The values of <mode> can be: 0 Automatic, in this case other fields are ignored and registration is done automatically by ME 1 Manual. Other parameters like format and operator need to be passed 2 Deregister from network 3 It sets <format> value. In this case <format> becomes a mandatory input 4 Manual / Automatic. In this case if manual selection fails then automatic mode is entered <format> describes the format in which operator name is to be displayed. Different values of <format> can be: 0 <oper> format presentations are set to long alphanumeric. If Network name not available it displays combination of Mcc and MNC in string format. 1 2 <oper> format presentation is set to short alphanumeric. <oper> format presentations set to numeric.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

28

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<oper> string type given in format <format>; this field may be up to 16 character long for long alphanumeric format, up to 8 characters for short alphanumeric format and 5 Characters long for numeric format (MCC/MNC codes) <stat> describes the status of the network. It is one of the response parameter for test command. 0 Unknown Networks 1 Network Available 2 Current 3 Forbidden Network <AcT> indicates the radio access technology and values can be: 0 GSM 2 UMTS <plmn_list> indicates whether the PLMN is present on the EHPLMN list, the User Controlled PLMN List or the Operator Controlled PLMN List. 0 PLMN is present on the EHPLMN list 1 PLMN is present on the User Controlled PLMN List 2 PLMN is present on the Operator Controlled PLMN List <plmn_list> is supporting only in R7 Protocol Stack.

5.3

Selection of Preferred PLMN List +CPLS

This command is used to select one PLMN selector with Access Technology list in the SIM card or active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM), that is used by +CPOL command. Set command selects a list in the SIM/USIM. Read command returns the selected PLMN selector list from the SIM/USIM. Test command returns the whole index range supported lists by the SIM./USIM.

Syntax: AT+CPLS= [<list>]

Command AT+CPLS=[<list>]

Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +CPLS:<list>

AT+CPLS? AT+CPLS=?

OK
+CPLS:(0-2) OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

29

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined values <list> 0 User controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology EFPLMNwAcT, if not found in the SIM/UICC then PLMN preferred list EFPLMNsel (this file is only available in SIM card or GSM application selected in UICC) 1 2 Operator controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology EFOPLMNwAcT HPLMN selector with Access Technology EFHPLMNwAcT

5.4

Network Registration +CREG

Description: This command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CREG and provides the information of network registration status. Set command is used to control the unsolicited result code +CREG. The syntax of unsolicited result +CREG as mentioned below: +CREG :< n>, <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the ME network registration status code. 2) +CREG: <n>, <stat> [, <lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]] when <n>=2 and there is a change of the network cell. Read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the MT. Location information elements <lac>, <ci> and <AcT>are returned only when <n>=2 and MT is registered in the network. Test command returns the range of supported modes (i.e. <n>s).

Syntax: AT+CREG=<n>

Command AT+CREG=[<n>] AT+CREG? AT+CREG=? Defined Values <n> 0 1

Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +CREG:<n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]] OK ++CREG : (0-2) Note: i.e. list of supported <n>s OK

disable network registration unsolicited result code enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

30

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]

<stat> 0 1 2 3 4 5 Not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to register to Registered, home network Not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to register Registration denied Unknown Registered, in roaming

<lac>

string type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. 00C3)

<AcT> 0 2 3 4 5 6 GSM UTRAN GSM w/EGPRS UTRAN w/HSDPA UTRAN w/HSUPA UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA

Note: <Act> is supporting only in R7 Protocol Stack. AcT values 3,4,5,6 options are supported only in R8 PS

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

31

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.5

Preferred Operator List +CPOL

Description: This command is used to edit the PLMN selector with Access Technology lists in the SIM card or active application in the UICC(GSM or USIM). Note: 1. MT may also update the User controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology, EFPLMNwAcT, automatically when new networks are selected. 2. The Operator controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology EFOPLMNwAcT, can only be written if the write access condition in the SIM/USIM has been previously verified. Set command writes an entry in the SIM/USIM list of preferred PLMNs, previously selected by the command +CPLS. If no list has been previously selected, the User controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology, EFPLMNwAcT, is the one accessed by default. If <index> is given but <oper> is left out, entry is deleted. If <oper> is given but <index> is left out, <oper> is put in the next free location. If only <format> is given, the format of the <oper> in the read command is changed. The Access Technology selection parameters, <GSM_AcT>, <GSM_Compact_AcT> and <UTRAN_AcT>, are required when writing User controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology, EF EFPLMNwAcT, Operator controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology EFOPLMNwAcT and HPLMN selector with Access Technology EFHPLMNwAcT. Refer Appendix A for <err> values. Read command returns all used entries from the SIM/USIM list of preferred PLMNs, previously selected by the command +CPLS, with the Access Technologies for each PLMN in the list. Test command returns the whole index range supported by the SIM and the list of supported formats. Syntax: AT+CPOL=<index>][,<format>[,<oper>[,<GSM_AcT>,<GSM_Compact_AcT>,<UTRAN_AcT>]]]

Command AT+CPOL= [<index>][,<format>[,<oper>[,<GSM_AcT >, <GSM_Compact_AcT>,<UTRAN_AcT>]]] AT+CPOL?

Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error>

+CPOL: <index1>,<format>,<oper1> [,<GSM_AcT1>,<GSM_Compact_AcT1>,<UTRAN_AcT1>][<CR><L F>+CPOL: <index2>,<format>,<oper2> *,<GSM_AcT2>,<GSM_Compact_AcT2>,<UTRAN_AcT2>+ *++ OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CPOL=?

+CPOL: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported <format>s) OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

32

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<indexn> integer type; the order number of operator in the SIM/USIM preferred operator list <format> 0 1 2 long format alphanumeric <oper> short format alphanumeric <oper> numeric <oper>

<opern> string type; <format> indicates if the format is alphanumeric or numeric (see +COPS) <GSM_AcTn>: GSM access technology 0 1 access technology not selected access technology selected

<GSM_Compact_AcTn>: GSM compact access technology 0 1 access technology not selected access technology selected

<UTRA_AcTn>: UTRA access technology 0 1 access technology not selected access technology selected

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

33

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.6

Selection of Radio Access Technology +XRAT

Description: This command forces the selection of the Radio Access Technology (RAT) in the protocol stack. On a later network registration (+COPS, +CGATT) this RAT is used.

This command is available for phones supporting Dual Mode.

In case of GSM / UMTS DualMode is selected additionally a preferred RAT can be configured, which is stored in NVRAM selecting which RAT shall be attached first.

Note: Dual mode means GSM and UMTS Access Technology will be active and full InterRAT measurements and handovers are provided.

Set command is used to set RAT and proffered RAT value used for further network registration (at+cops=0). Read command returns the previously set of <Act> and <PreferredAct> values. Test command returns the range of supported <Act> and <PreferredAct> values.

Syntax: AT+XRAT=<AcT> [, <PreferredAct>] Command AT+XRAT=<Act>[,<PreferredAct >] Read Command AT+XRAT? Test Command AT+XRAT=? Defined values <AcT> indicates the radio access technology and may be 0 1 2 GSM single mode GSM / UMTS Dual mode UTRAN (UMTS) Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +XRAT :<Act>,<PreferredAct> OK +XRAT:(0-2),(0,2) Note: i.e. list of supported <Act>s and list supported <PreferredAct>s OK

< PreferredAct > This parameter is used for network registration in case of <AcT>=1. 0 2 RAT GSM RAT UMTS
34

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.7

Read Operator Names +COPN

Description: This Execution command returns the list of operator names from the ME. Each operator code <numeric n> that has an alphanumeric equivalent <alpha n> in the ME memory shall be returned. Syntax: AT+COPN

Command AT+COPN

Possible Responses +COPN: <numeric 1>,<alpha1> [<CR><LF>+COPN: <numeric2>,<alpha2> *++ OK or CME ERROR: <error>

AT+COPN=?

OK

Defined Values

<numeric n> <alpha n>

string type; operator in numeric format (see +COPS) string type; operator in long alphanumeric format (see +COPS)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

35

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.8

Select Band +XBANDSEL

This command allows to switch from automatic band selection to selection of one or more (up to four) bands. Set command is used to set up to four bands for further used to register network. Read command returns the previously set of <band> values. Test command returns the range of supported <band> values.

Syntax: AT+XBANDSEL=[<band_1>[,<band_2>[,<band_3>[,<band_4>]]]] Command AT+XBANDSEL=[<band_1>[,<ba nd_2>[,<band_3> [,<band_4>]]]] AT+XBANDSEL? AT+XBANDSEL=? +XBANDSEL :<band_1>,<band_2>,<band_3>,<band_4> +XBANDSEL: list of supported <band>s Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error>

Defined values <band_1> or <band_2> or <band_3> or <band_4> may be: 1800: 1900: 850: 450: 480: 750: 380: 410: selection of 1800 MHz band selection of 1900 MHz band selection of 850 MHz band selection of 450 MHz band selection of 480 MHz band selection of 750 MHz band selection of 380 MHz band selection of 410 MHz band

5.9

Enter PIN +CPIN

Description: This command sends a password to the MT which is required before MT can be operated. If no PIN request is pending, no action is taken towards ME and an corresponding error code is returned Set command sends a password to the MT which is necessary before it can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.). Read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether some password is required or not. Test command returns OK.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

36

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Syntax: AT+CPIN= <pin> [, <newpin>]

Command AT+CPIN=<pin>*,<newpin>+

Possible Responses +CME ERROR: <err> or OK

READ AT+CPIN? TEST AT+CPIN=? AT+CPIN? AT+CPIN=1234


Note: enter SIM PIN

+CPIN: <code> +CME ERROR: <err> OK

+CPIN: SIM PIN OK


Note: SIM PIN is correct

AT+CPIN?

+CPIN: READY OK

Defined Values <pin>, <newpin> string type values <code>: READY SIM PIN SIM PUK SIM PIN2 values reserved by the present document: ME is not pending for any password ME is waiting SIM PIN to be given ME is waiting SIM PUK to be given ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given (this <code> is recommended to be returned only when the last executed command resulted in PIN2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 17); if PIN2 is not entered right after the failure, it is recommended that ME does not block its operation) SIM PUK2 ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given (this <code> is recommended to be returned only when the last executed command resulted in PUK2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 18); if PUK2 and new PIN2 are not entered right after the failure, it is recommended that ME does not block its operation) PH-SIM PIN PH-FSIM PIN PH-FSIM PUK PH-NET PIN PH-NET PUK ME is waiting phone to SIM card password to be given ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card password to be given ME is waiting phone-to-very first SIM card unblocking password to be given ME is waiting network personalization password to be given ME is waiting network personalization unblocking password to be given
37

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

PH-NETSUB PIN PH-NETSUB PUK PH-SP PIN PH-SP PUK PH-CORP PIN PH-CORP PUK

ME is waiting network subset personalization password to be given ME is waiting network subset personalization unblocking password to be given ME is waiting service provider personalization password to be given ME is waiting service provider personalization unblocking password to be given ME is waiting corporate personalization password to be given ME is waiting corporate personalization unblocking password to be given

<pin> <newpin>

string type values

5.10 Facility Lock +CLCK

Description: This command is used to lock, unlock or interrogate a MT or a network facility <fac>. Password is normally needed to do such actions.

When querying the status of a network service (<mode>=2) the response line for 'not active' case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active for any <class>. Set command is used to lock, unlock or interrogate a MT or a network facility <fac>. Test command returns the facility values supported as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>*,<passwd>*,<class>++

Command AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>*,<pas swd>*,<class>++

Possible Responses +CME ERROR: <err> when <mode>=2 and command successful: OK +CLCK: <status>[,<class1> [<CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>,<class2> [...]]

AT+CLCK=? AT+CLCK=SC,1,1234 AT+CPIN=1234 AT+CLCK=SC,0,1234

+CLCK: (list of supported <fac>s) OK +CME ERROR: <err> OK


Note: SIM lock enabled

OK
Note: Correct PIN entered

OK
Note: SIM lock disabled

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

38

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

AT+CLCK=AO,2 Note: Query BAOC status AT+CLCK=SC,2


Note: Query SIM Cards status

+CLCK: 1,1 OK
Note: BAOC is active

+CLCK: 0 OK +CLCK: ("SC","AO","OI","OX","AI","IR","AB","AG","AC","FD","PS","PN","PU","PP" ,"PC","PF","FC","FM","MU","MM","BP","PL","LA","AL") OK

AT+CLCK=?

Defined Values

<fac>: values reserved by the present document: "SC" "AO" "OI" "OX" "AI" "IR" "AB" "AG" "AC" "FD" SIM (lock SIM card) (SIM asks password in ME power up and when this lock command issued) BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) BOIC ex HC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country) BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls) BIC Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country) All Barring services (refer GSM 02.30 [19]) (applicable only for <mode>=0) All outgoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) All incoming barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) SIM fixed dialing memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not been done during the current session, PIN2 is required as <passwd>) PS PN PU PP PC PF SIM lock facility with a 8 digit password Network Personalization with a 8 digit password Network Subset lock with 8 digits password Service Provider Personalization with a 8 digit password Corporate lock with a 8 digits password Lock Phone to the very first inserted SIM card ( ME asks password when other than the first SIM card is inserted) AL Lock Phone to the current selected line, PIN 2 is required as password

<mode> 0 1 Unlock Lock

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

39

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

query status

<status> 0 1 not active Active

<classx>: a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default 7): 1 2 Voice (telephony) data (refers to all bearer services; with <mode>=2 this may refer only to some bearer service if TA does not support values 16, 32, 64 and 128) 4 7 8 16 32 64 128 <passwd> fax (facsimile services) Default (fax + data + voice) short message service data circuit sync data circuit async dedicated packet access dedicated PAD access string type; shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the ME user interface or with command Change Password +CPWD

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

40

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.11 Change Password +CPWD

Description: This command sets a new password for the facility lock function defined by command Facility Lock +CLCK. Set Command sets a new password for the facility lock function defined by command +CLCK. Test command returns list of supported values and length of password

Syntax: AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd>

Command AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<ne wpwd> AT+CPWD=?

Possible Responses +CME ERROR: <err>

+CPWD: list of supported (<fac>,<pwdlength>)s +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CPWD=

OK
Note: SIM PIN changed from 0933 to 0934

SC,0933,0934
Note : Command Valid

AT+CPWD=?

+CPWD : (SC,8),(P2,8),(PS,4),(PN,16),(PU ,16),(PP,16),(PC,16),(AO,4),(OI,4) ,(OX,4),(AI,4),(IR,4),(AB,4),(AG,4 ),(AC,4) Note: list of supported (<fac>,<pwdlength>)s OK

Defined Values

<fac> <oldpwd> <newpwd> <pwdlength>

P2 and other values as defined for +CLCK except PN, PU, PP, PC string type containing the old password string type containing the new password length of password (digits).

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

41

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.12 Disable Circuit Switching Paging +XCSPAGING


This command allows enable/disable the circuit switching paging. The command has an effect only when used before +COPS or +CGATT.

Set command is used for enabling the circuit switching paging. Test command returns the supported values of <mode>.

Syntax: AT+XCSPAGING=<mode> Command AT+XCSPAGING=<mode> Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> AT+XCSPAGING=? +XCSPAGING:( 0-1) OK

Defined values <mode> type of preferred mode may be 0 1 circuit switched paging disabled(packet switched preferred) circuit switched paging enabled

5.13 Select Phonebook Memory Storage +CPBS


Description: This command selects phonebook memory storage <storage>, which is used by other phonebook commands.

Set command selects phonebook memory storage <storage>, which is used by other phonebook commands.

Read command returns currently selected memory. Test command returns supported storages as compound value.

Syntax: AT+CPBS=<storage>

Commands AT+CPBS=<storage> [,<password>] AT+CPBS?

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

+CPBS: <storage>[,<used>,<total>] OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

42

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

AT+CPBS=?

+CPBS: (list of supported <storage>s) OK

Defined Values

<storage> "EN" "BD" "FD" "DC" LD "RC" LR "MT" AD SM "SD" "MC" LM ON UD

values reserved by the present document: SIM (or ME) emergency number (+CPBW is not be applicable for this storage) SIM barred-dialing phonebook SIM fixed-dialing phonebook Dialed Calls List Last Dial Received Calls List Last Received Abbreviated dialing numbers (ME* and SIM phonebook) Abbreviated Dialing Abbreviated dialing numbers (SIM phonebook) SIM service numbers Missed Call numbers Last Missed SIM own numbers (MSISDNs) list Refer to ON

* If ME storage is not present, MT is equivalent to SM storage. <password> string type value representing the PIN2-code required when selecting PIN2-code locked <storage>s above

<used>

integer type value indicating the number of used locations in selected memory

<total>

integer type value indicating the total number of locations in selected memory

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

43

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.14 Read Phonebook Entries +CPBR


Description: This execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range <index1> <index2> from the current phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS. If <index2> is left out, only location <index1> is returned. Note: Wildcard characters (*, ?) in the phone number of FDN (fixed number phonebook) are allowed.

Syntax: AT+CPBR=<index1> [,<index2>] Command AT+CPBR=<index1> [,<index2>] Possible Responses [+CPBR: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<hidden>]

[,<group>][,<adnumber>][,<adtype>][,<secondtext>][,<email>]] [[...] OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CPBR=?

+CPBR:

(list

of

supported

<index>s),[nlength],[tlength],[<glength>],

[<slength>],[<elength>] OK Defined Values <index1>, <index2>, <index> integer type values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory <number> <type> <text> <hidden> string type phone number of format <type> type of address octet in integer format string type field of maximum length <tlength> indicates if the entry is hidden or not only available, if a UICC with an active

USIM application is present 0 1 <group> phonebook entry not hidden phonebook entry hidden string type field of maximum length <glength>

<adnumber> string type phone number of format <adtype> <adtype> <secondtext> <email> <nlength> <tlength> <glength> <slength> <elength> type of address octet in integer format (refer TS 24.008[8] subclause 10.5.4.7) string type field of maximum length <slength> string type field of maximum length <elength> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text> (40). integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <group> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <secondtext> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <email>
44

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.15 Write/Erase Phonebook Entry +CPBW

Description: This execution command writes phonebook entry in location number <index> in the current phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS. Entry fields written are phone number <number> in format <type> and <text> associated with the number. If all fields except <index> are omitted, the corresponding entry is deleted. If the <index> is left out, but <number> is given, entry is written to the first free location in the phonebook.

Note: Wildcard characters (*, ?) in the phone number of FDN (fixed number phonebook) are allowed.

Syntax: AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<number>[,<type>[,<text>[,<group>[,<adnumber>[,<adtype> [,<secondtext>[,<email> [,<hidden>]]]]]]]]]

Command AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<number> [,<type>[,<text>[,<group>[,<adnumber>[,< adtyp e>[,<secondtext>[,<email>[,<sip_uri>[,<tel _uri>[ ,<hidden>]]]]]]]]]]] AT+CPBW=?

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>],(list of supported [<slength>],[<elength>] OK <type>s),[<tlength>],[<glength>],

Defined Values

<index> <number> <type> <text> <hidden>

integer type values in range of location numbers of phonebook memory string type phone number of format <type> type of address octet in integer format string type field of maximum length <tlength> indicates if the entry is hidden or not only available, if a UICC with an active

USIM application is present 0 1 <group> phonebook entry not hidden phonebook entry hiddensubclause 10.5.4.7) string type field of maximum length <glength>
45

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<adnumber> <adtype> <secondtext> <email> <nlength > <tlength> <glength> <slength> <elength>

string type phone number of format <adtype> type of address octet in integer format (refer TS 24.008[8] subclause 10.5.4.7) string type field of maximum length <slength> string type field of maximum length <elength> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text> (40). integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <group> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <secondtext> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <email>

5.16 Find Phonebook Entries +CPBF

Description: This command returns the phonebook entries from the current phonebook (previously Selected by +CPBS), which alphanumeric field starts with string <findtext>. Set command command returns phonebook entries (from the current phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS) which alphanumeric field starts with string <findtext>. Test command returns the maximum lengths of <number>, <text>, <group>, <secondtext>, <email>, <sip_uri> and <tel_uri> fields.

Syntax: AT+CPBF=<findtext>

Command AT+CPBF=<findtext>

Possible Responses [+CPBF:<index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<hidden>][,<group>][,<adnumbe r >][,<adtype>][,<secondtext>][,<email>]] OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CPBF=?

+CPBF: [<nlength>],[<tlength>],[<glength>],[<slength>],[<elength>] OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

46

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<index1>, <index2>, <index>: integer type values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory <number> <type> <text> string type phone number of format <type> type of address octet in integer format (refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7) string type field of maximum length <tlength>; character set as specified by command Select TE Character Set +CSCS <group> string type field of maximum length <glength>; character set as specified by command Select TE Character Set +CSCS <adnumber> <adtype> <secondtext> string type phone number of format <adtype> type of address octet in integer format (refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7) string type field of maximum length <slength>; character set as specified by command Select TE Character Set +CSCS <email> string type field of maximum length <elength>; character set as specified by command Select TE Character Set +CSCS <nlength> <tlength> <glength> <slength> <elength> <hidden> 0 1 integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <group> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <secondtext> integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <email> indicates if the entry is hidden or not phonebook entry not hidden phonebook entry hidden

5.17 Subscriber Number +CNUM


Description: This command returns the MSISDNs related to the subscriber (this information can be stored in the SIM or in the ME). If subscriber has different MSISDN for different services, each MSISDN is returned in a separate line.

Syntax: AT+CNUM

Command AT+CNUM

Possible Responses +CNUM: [<alpha1>],<number1>,<type1>[,<speed>,<service>[,<itc>]] [<alpha2>],<number2>,<type2>[,<speed>,<service>

[<CR><LF>+CNUM:

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

47

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

*,<itc>++ *++ OK or +CME ERROR: <err> AT+CNUM=? OK

Defined Values

<alphax>

optional alphanumeric string associated with <numberx>; used character set should be the one selected withcommand Select TE Character Set +CSCS

<numberx> <typex> <speed> <service> 0 1 2 3 4 5 <itc> 0 1

string type phone number of format specified by <typex> type of address octet in integer format (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7) as defined in subclause 6.7 , corresponding to setting +CBST service related to the phone number as follows asynchronous modem synchronous modem PAD Access (asynchronous) Packet Access (synchronous) voice fax information transfer capability as follows 3.1 kHz UDI

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

48

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.18 Set Voice Mail Number +CSVM

Description: The number to the voice mail server is set with this command. The parameters <number> and <type> can be left out if the parameter <mode> is set to 0. Set Command is used to set the number to the voice mail server. Read command returns the currently selected voice mail number and the status Test command returns supported <mode>s and <type>s

Syntax: AT+CSVM=<mode>[,<number>[,<type>]]

Command AT+CSVM=<mode>[,<numb er>[,<type>]]

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CSVM?

+CSVM:<mode>,<number>,<type> OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CSVM=?

+CSVM: (list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported <type>s) OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CSVM? AT+CSVM=?

+CSVM: 1,880,129 +CSVM: (0,1),(129,145,161) OK

AT+CSVM?
Note: Query for current voice mail number settings

+CSVM: 0,"",145 OK OK

AT+CSVM=0,888,129
Note: disable voice mail and change number to 888

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

49

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<mode> 0 1 Disable the voice mail number. Enable the voice mail number.

<type> 129 145 161 128 255 <type>

integer type; Type of address octet. (refer TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.4.7) ISDN / telephony numbering plan, national / international unknown ISDN / telephony numbering plan, international number ISDN / telephony numbering plan, national number Other values refer TS 24.008 section 10.5.4.7 type of address octet in integer format (refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7); default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character +, otherwise 129

5.19 Extended Error Report for Location Update Reject During CS Registration +NEER
Description: Execution command causes the TA to return one or more lines of information text <report>, determined by the MT manufacturer, which should offer the user of the TA an extended Network error cause report of the reason for the failure in the last unsuccessful CS Registration be returned. Syntax: AT+NEER Command AT+NEER AT+NEER=? Possible Responses +NEER: <report> OK

Defined values <report> extended Network error cause report of the reason for the failure in the last unsuccessful CS Registration be returned.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

50

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.20 Display EONS Names +XEONS


Description: This command displays the list of available networks with details like long operator name, short operator name,

MCC/MNC, Long EONS name, Short EONS name for each PLMN. This command is an extension to at+cops=? Command interworking to provide additionally EONS names for the found PLMN's. Syntax : AT+XEONS Command AT+XEONS Possible Responses ++XEONS : (2, T-Mobile D , T-Mobile D , 26201 , hello , hello world ), (3, vodafone.de, Vodafone.de , 26202 , test network EONS,test EONS), (3,E-Plus,E-Plus,26203), (3,o2 de,o2 de,26207) OK or CME ERROR: <error> AT+XEONS=? Defined values Please refer to +COPS and +XCOPS OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

51

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.21 Home Zone Reporting +XHOMEZR


Description: This Set command enables and disables the home zone change event reporting. If the reporting is enabled; the MT returns the unsolicited result code +XHOMEZR: <label> whenever the home zone is changed.

Set command enables and disables the home zone change event reporting. Read command gives the status of event reporting Test command returns list of supported <ON/OFF>s

Syntax: AT+XHOMEZR=<ONOFF> Command AT+XHOMEZR=1 AT+XHOMEZR? AT+XHOMEZR=? Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +XHOMEZR: <onoff> OK +XHOMEZR: (0-1) i.e. list of supported <onoff>s OK

Defined values <onoff> 0 1 integer type value indicating disable home zone change event reporting (default) enable home zone change event reporting

<label>

string type which indicates the zone label e.g.

HOME (also possible as home, dependent from network indication) CITY

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

52

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5.22 Mobile Station Event Reporting for Battery and Signal Strength +XMER
Description: This command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes from the MS to the DTE when the battery charge level or the radio signal level crosses a defined threshold.

Set command enables and disables sending of unsolicited result code:XCIEV from the MS to the DTE when the battery charge level or the radio signal level crosses a defined threshold.

Read command gives the status of urc enabled or disabled. Test command returns list of supported <enables>.

Syntax: AT+XMER=<enable> Command Set Command AT+XMER=1 Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> AT+XMER? +XMER:<enable> OK AT+XMER=? +XMER: list of supported <enables>s OK Defined values <enable> 0 1 may be disable the event report of the parameters enable the event report of the parameters

<rssi> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

radio signal strength can have the values -107 dBm or less or unknown -99 dBm or less -91 dBm or less -83 dBm or less -75 dBm or less -67 dBm or less -59 dBm or less -51 dBm or less

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

53

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<battery_level> can have the values 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 % <= level < 5 % 5 % <= level < 15 % 15 % <= level < 25 % 25 % <= level < 40 % 40 % <= level < 55 % 55 % <= level < 70 % 70 % <= level < 85 % 85 % <= level <= 100 %

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

54

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6
6.1

SHORT MESSAGES COMMANDS


Message Storage Parameters

<index>

integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory

<mem1>

string type; memory from which messages are read and deleted (commands List Messages +CMGL, Read Message +CMGR and Delete Message +CMGD)

"ME" "SM"

= =

ME message storage SIM message storage

<mem2>

string type; memory to which writing and sending operations are made (commands Send Message from Storage +CMSS and Write Message to Memory +CMGW) ); refer <mem1> for defined values

<mem3>

string type; memory to which received SMs are preferred to be stored (unless forwarded directly to TE; refer command New Message Indications +CNMI); refer <mem1> for defined values; received CBMs are always stored in manufacturer specific volatile memory. ; received status reports are displayed but not stored.

<stat>

integer type in PDU mode (default 0), or string type in text mode (default "REC UNREAD"); indicates the status of message in memory; defined values:

0 1 2 3 4

= = = = =

"REC UNREAD" "REC READ" "STO UNSENT" "STO SENT" "ALL"

received unread message (i.e. new message) received read message stored unsent message (only applicable to SMs) stored sent message (only applicable to SMs) all messages (only applicable to +CMGL command)

<totaln> integer type; total number of message locations in <memn>

<usedn> integer type; number of messages currently in <memn>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

55

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.2

Message Data Parameters

<ackpdu>

GSM 03.40 RP-User-Data element of RP-ACK PDU; format is same as for <pdu> in case of SMS, but without GSM 04.11 SC address field and parameter shall be bounded by double quote characters like a normal string type parameter

<alpha>

string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific; used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set +CSCS (see definition of this command in TS 07.07)

<cdata>

GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Data in text mode responses; ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))

<ct>

GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format (default 0)

<da>

GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <toda>

<data>

In the case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format: if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set: if TE character set other than "HEX" (refer command Select TE Character Set +CSCS in TS 07.07): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of Annex A if TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. character P (GSM 23) is presented as 17 (IRA 49 and 55)) if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

56

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM Content of Message in text mode responses; format: if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used: if TE character set other than "HEX" (refer command +CSCS in GSM 07.07): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of Annex A if TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each 8bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number

<dcs>

depending on the command or result code: GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format

<dt>

GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time in time-string format: yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz, where characters indicate year (two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone. E.g. 6th of May 1994, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours equals to 94/05/06,22:10:00+08

<fo>

depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMSSUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format

<length>

integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> > (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)

<mid>

GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format

<mn>

GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Number in integer format

<mr>

GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format

<oa>

SM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tooa>

<page>

GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 4-7 in integer format

<pages> GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 0-3 in integer format

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

57

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<pdu>

In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)) In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format

<pid>

GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0)

<ra>

GSM 03.40 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tora>

<sca>

GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS in TS 07.07); type of address given by <tosca>

<scts>

GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer <dt>)

<sn>

GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number in integer format

<st>

GSM 03.40 TP-Status in integer format

<toda>

GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129)

<tooa>

GSM 04.11 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer <toda>)

<tora>

GSM 04.11 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer <toda>)

<tosca>

GSM 04.11 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer <toda>)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

58

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<vp>

depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167), in time-string format (refer <dt>), or if $(EVPF)$ is supported, in enhanced format (hexadecimal coded string with double quotes)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

59

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.3

Select Message Service +CSMS

Description: This command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of messages supported by the ME: <mt> for mobile terminated messages, <mo> for mobile originated messages and <bm> for broadcast type messages. Set command sets the supported message service. Read command returns currently selected message service value and supported message types. Test command returns supported message services as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CSMS=<service>

Command AT+CSMS=<service>

Possible Responses +CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm> OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CSMS?

+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm> OK

AT+CSMS=?

+CSMS: (list of supported <service>s) OK

AT+CSMS=0
Note: SMS AT command Phase 2 version 4.7.0

+CSMS: 1,1,1 OK
Note: command valid

AT+CSMS?

+CSMS: 0,1,1,1 OK
Note: displays supported message types for Phase 2 version 4.7.0

AT+CSMS=?

+CSMS: (0,1) OK

Execution command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of messages supported by the ME: <mt> for mobile terminated messages, <mo> for mobile originated messages and <bm> for broadcast type messages. If chosen service is not supported by the ME (but is supported by the TA), final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> shall be returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list of <err> values.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

60

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<service> 0 GSM 03.40 and 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2 version 4.7.0; Phase 2+ features which do not require new command syntax may be supported (e.g. correct routing of messages with new Phase 2+ data coding schemes)) 1 GSM 03.40 and 03.41 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2+ version; the requirement of <service> setting 1 is mentioned under corresponding command descriptions)

<mt>, <mo>, <bm>: 0 1 type not supported type supported

6.4

New Message Acknowledgement to ME/TA +CNMA

Description: This command is used is used to send an acknowledgement to the network when messages of type SMSDELIVER are received correctly. Execution command confirms correct reception of a new message. Test command returns an OK string.

Syntax: AT+CNMA

Command if text mode (+CMGF=1): AT+CNMA

Possible Responses OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

if PDU mode (+CMGF=0)

OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CNMA=?

OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

61

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.5

Preferred Message Storage +CPMS

Description: This command selects messaging service. Set command selects memory storages that can be used as <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3>. Read command returns current memory type, used memory and total memory for each of the memories <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3>. Test command returns list of supported memory types for <mem1> through <mem3>.

Syntax: AT+CPMS=<mem1>[, <mem2>[,<mem3>]]

Command AT+CPMS=<mem1>[, <mem2>[,<mem3>]]

Possible Responses +CPMS: <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,<total3> OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CPMS?

+CPMS: <mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,<used2>,<total2>, <mem3>,<used3>,<total3> OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CPMS=?

+CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s),(list of supported <mem2>s),(list of supported <mem3>s) OK

AT+CPMS=SM
Note: Select SM location for message writing and reading

+CPMS: 0,15,0,15,0,15 OK
Note: SM location is selected, with 0 location is used and 15 total location in SM are available

AT+CPMS=?

+CPMS: ("ME","SM"),("ME","SM"),("ME","SM") OK

Set command selects memory storages <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3> to be used for reading, writing, etc. If chosen storage is not appropriate for the ME (but is supported by the TA), final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> shall be returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list of possible <err> values.

Defined Values

<index>

integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

62

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<mem1>

string type; memory from which messages are read and deleted (commands List Messages +CMGL, Read Message +CMGR and Delete Message +CMGD); defined values (others are manufacturer specific):

BM ME SM SR <mem2>

broadcast message storage ME message storage (U)SIM message storage status report storage string type; memory to which writing and sending operations are made (commands Send Message from Storage +CMSS and Write Message to Memory +CMGW) ); refer <mem1> for defined values

<mem3>

string type; memory to which received SMs are preferred to be stored (unless forwarded directly to TE; refer command New Message Indications +CNMI); refer <mem1> for defined values; received CBMs are always stored in BM (or some manufacturer specific storage) unless directly forwarded to TE; received status reports are always stored in SR (or some manufacturer specific storage) unless directly forwarded to TE

<used> <total>

Number of units of memory in use Total Number of units of memory supported

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

63

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.6

Message Format +CMGF

Description: This command tells the TA which input and output format of messages to use. Set command selects message format <mode>, which is used by other SMS commands. Read command returns currently selected message format. Test command returns supported message formats as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CMGF=[<mode>] Command AT+CMGF=[<mode>] Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err> AT+CMGF? +CMGF: <mode> OK AT+CMGF=? +CMGF: (list of supported <mode>s) OK AT+CMGF? +CMGF: 0 OK AT+CMGF=0
Note: set input and output message format to pdu mode.

OK

AT+CMGS=17<CR> 0011000A91560921436500 00AA04C9E9340B<CTRL-Z> AT+CMGF=1


Note: set input and output message format to text mode

+CMGS: 199 OK
Note: successful sent message in pdu modem to +6590123456. Message contains ISSY

OK

AT+CMGS=+6590123456< CR> Hello World<CTRL-Z> Defined Values <mode>

+CMGS: 200 OK
Note: successful sent message in text mode to +6590123456.

is used to indicate the format of messages used with send, list, read and write commands and unsolicited result codes resulting from received messages.

<mode> 0 1 PDU mode Text mode

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

64

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.7

Save Settings +CSAS

Description: This command is used to saves active message service settings to a non-volatile memory. Set command is used to restore several profiles. Test command shall display the supported profile numbers for reading and writing of settings.

Syntax: AT+CSAS[=<profile>]

Command AT+CSAS[=<profile>]

Possible Responses OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CSAS=?

+CSAS: (list of supported <profile>s) OK

AT+CSAS
Note: save message service settings to non-volatile memory (default Profile 0)

OK

AT+CSAS=?

+CSAS: (0-2) OK

AT+CSAS?

+CME ERROR: 3

Defined Values

<profile> 0-2 Profile 0 to 2. The value varies for different SIM cards.

Parameters saved are +CSMP, +CSCA.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

65

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.8

Restore Settings +CRES

Description: This command restores message service settings from non-volatile memory to active memory. The parameters saved using +CSAS are restored using this command.

Syntax: AT+CRES[=<profile>]

Command AT+CRES[=<profile>]

Possible Responses OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CRES=?

+CRES: (list of supported <profile>s) OK

AT+CRES
Note: Restores default Profile 0 settings

OK

AT+CRES=?

+CRES: (0-2)

OK AT+CRES=1
Note: Restores Profile 1 saved message settings

OK

Defined Values

<profile> 0 Note: This command depends on the File System support.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

66

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.9

Text Mode Parameters +CSMP

Description: This command is used to select values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed in storage when text format message mode is selected. Set command is used to select values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed in a storage when text format message mode is selected. Read command will display the current set parameters. Test command returns OK string.

Syntax: AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[,<dcs>]]]]

Command AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[,<dcs>]]]] AT+CSMP?

Possible Responses OK +CSMP: <fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs> OK

AT+CSMP=? AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0 AT+CSMP?

OK OK
Note: command valid

+CSMP: 1,,0,0 OK
Note: <vp> is not displayed when VPF parameter in <fo> is set to bit 00

Defined Values

<fo>

first octet is consists of 6 fields

B7 RP

B6 UDHI

B5 SRR

B4 VPF

B3

B2 RD

B1 MTI

B0

RP

Reply Path; parameter indication that Reply Path exits. Not used in text mode

UDHI

User data Header Information; parameter indication that the TP-UD field contains Header

SRR

Status Report Request; parameter indication that the MS is requesting a status report
67

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

VPF

Validity Period Format,; parameter identifying the time from where the message is no longer valid

RD

Reject Duplicate; parameter whether or not the SC shall accept an SMS-SUMBIT for an SM still held in the SC which has the same TP-MR and the same TP-DA as a previously submitted SM from the same OA

MTI

Message Type Indicator; parameter describing the message type

<pid>

is used to indicate the higher layer protocol being used or indicates interworking with a certain type of telematic device.

<dcs>

is used to determine the way the information is encoded. (GSM 03.38)

Note: Details of the respective fields can be found in Appendix A.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

68

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.10 Service Center Address +CSCA

Description: This command updates the service center address. Set command sets the service center address and type. Read command returns current service center address. Test command is not applicable.

Syntax: AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]

Command AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]

Possible Responses OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CSCA?

+CSCA: <sca>,<tosca> OK

AT+CSCA=? AT+CMGS=90123456 >Message<CTRL-Z> AT+CSCA="+6596845999" AT+CMGS=90123456<CR> Message<CTRL-Z> AT+CSCA?


Note: to query the current SMSC address set in SIM card (phase 2+)

OK +CMS ERROR: 330


Note: service center unknown, sending message failed

OK +CMGS: 201 OK +CSCA: "+6596845999",145 OK


Note: message successfully sent

Defined Values

<sca>

is a string indicating the service center address, as a GSM 04.11 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format (i.e., enclosed by quotes ), BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters. Examples AT+CSCA=0696741234, 129 GSM 04.11 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet in integer format. When first character of tosca is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129).

<tosca>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

69

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.11 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types +CSCB

Description: This command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages are to be received by the ME. Set command controls which CB messages are accepted and those that are rejected. Read command returns currently selected mode value, message IDs and the language codes. Test command returns supported modes.

Syntax: AT+CSCB=[<mode>[,<mids>[,<dcss>]]]

Command AT+CSCB=[<mode>[,<mids> [,<dcss>]]]

Possible Responses OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CSCB?

+CSCB: <mode>,<mids>,<dcss> OK

AT+ CSCB =?

+CSCB: (list of supported <mode>s) OK

Defined Values

<mode> 0

control whether message types that are specified are going to be accepted or rejected message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are accepted. With mode as 0 and no other poarmetrs areprovided it is equal to diabling the CBS.

1 <mids>

message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are not accepted string type; all different possible combinations of CBM message identifiers (refer <mid>) Default is empty string. e.g. 0,1,5,320-478,922

<dcss>

string type; all different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes (refer <dcs>) Default is empty string. e.g. 0-3,5

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

70

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.12 New Message Indications to TE +CNMI

Description: This command selects the procedure, how receiving of new SMS from network is indicated to the TE Set command selects the procedure, how receiving of new messages from the network is indicated to the TE when TE is active. Read command returns the current settings of new message indication parameters. Test command returns lists of supported values for new message indication parameters.

Syntax: AT+CNMI=[<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds>[,<bfr>]]]]]

Command AT+CNMI=[<mode>[,<mt>[, <bm>[,<ds>[,<bfr>]]]]]

Possible Responses OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CNMI?

+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr> OK

AT+CNMI=?

+CNMI: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <mt>s),(list of supported <bm>s),(list of supported <ds>s),(list of supported <bfr>s) OK

AT+CNMI=?

+CNMI: (0-2),(0-3),(0,2),(0,1),(0,1) OK

AT+CNMI=2,1,0,0,0

OK +CMTI:SM,2
Note: message received

AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0

OK +CMT: "6583227726",,"07/04/24,17:47:19+32" Test

AT+CNMI=2,2,0,1,0 AT+CSMP=33

OK OK +CDS: 6,224,"98765432",129,"07/04/24,17:58:36+32","07/04/24,17:58:39+32",0
Note: Message Status report is received

Defined Values

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

71

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Set command selects the procedure, how receiving of new messages from the network is indicated to the TE when TE is active, e.g. DTR signal is ON. If TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is OFF), message receiving should be done as specified in 3GPP TS 23.038 [2]. Note: When DTR signal is not available or the state of the signal is ignored (V.25ter command &D0), reliable message transfer can be assured by using +CNMA acknowledgement procedure.

<mode>

controls the processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this command, <mt> sets the result code indication routing for SMS-DELIVERs, <bm> for CBMs and <ds> for SMSSTATUS-REPORTs. <bfr> defines the handling method for buffered result codes when <mode> 1, 2 or 3 is enabled. If ME does not support requested item (although TA does), final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list of <err> values. Test command gives the settings supported by the TA as compound values. Note: Command Select Message Service +CSMS should be used to detect ME support of mobile terminated SMs and CBMs, and to define whether a message routed directly to TE should be acknowledged or not (refer command +CNMA).

<mode>

(refer figure 2; Note: The buffering mechanism may as well be located in the ME; the setting affects only to unsolicited result codes specified within this command):

Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received indications.

Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode). Otherwise forward them directly to the TE.

Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE.

Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE. TA-TE link specific inband technique used to embed result codes and data when TA is in on-line data mode. Note: <mode> Value 3 is not supported as platform does not support the same. Note: It is possible that ME/TA result code buffer is in volatile memory. In this case messages may get lost if the power of ME/TA is switched off before codes are sent to TE. Thus, it is not recommended to use direct message routing (<mt>=2 or 3, <bm>=2 or 3, or <ds>=1) with <mode> value 0 or 2.

<mt>

(the rules for storing received SMs depend on its data coding scheme (refer 3GPP TS 23.038 [2]), preferred memory storage (+CPMS) setting and this value; refer table 1;

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

72

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Note: If AT command interface is acting as the only display device, the ME must support storing of class 0 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group (discard message); refer table 2): 0 1 No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE. If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code: +CMTI: <mem>,<index> 7 SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group (store message)) are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code: +CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled); or +CMT: <oa>, [<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,

<length>]<CR><LF><data> (text mode enabled; about parameters in italics, refer command Show Text Mode Parameters +CSDH) If ME has its own display device then class 0 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group (discard message) may be copied to both ME display and to TE. In this case, ME shall send the acknowledgement to the network (refer table 2). Class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group (store message) result in indication as defined in <mt>=1. 8 Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other data coding schemes result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.

Table 1 <mt> parameter <mt> 0 Receiving procedure for different message data coding schemes (refer 3GPP TS 23.038 [2]) no class: as in 3GPP TS 23.038 [2], but use <mem3> as preferred memory class 0: as in 3GPP TS 23.038 [2], but use <mem3> as preferred memory if message is tried to be stored class 1: as in 3GPP TS 23.038 [2], but use <mem3> as preferred memory class 2: as in 3GPP TS 23.038 [2] class 3: as in 3GPP TS 23.038 [2], but use <mem3> as preferred memory message waiting indication group (discard message): as in 3GPP TS 23.038 [2], but use <mem3> as preferred memory if message is tried to be stored message waiting indication group (store message): as in 3GPP TS 23.038 [2], but use <mem3> as preferred memory 1 2 as <mt>=0 but send indication if message stored successfully no class: route message to TE

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

73

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

class 0: as in 3GPP TS 23.038 [2], but also route message to TE and do not try to store it in memory class 1: route message to TE class 2: as <mt>=1 class 3: route message to TE message waiting indication group (discard message): as in 3GPP TS 23.038 [2], but also route message to TE and do not try to store it in memory message waiting indication group (store message): as <mt>=1 3 class 3: route message to TE others: as <mt>=1

Table 2 SMS-DELIVER result code and acknowledgement summary class 0 or message <mt> no class or class 1 waiting indication class 2 or message waiting indication class 3

group (discard) 1 2 3
1) result

group (store) +CMTI +CMTI +CMTI +CMTI +CMT & +CNMA3) +CMT & +CNMA3)

+CMTI +CMT & +CNMA3) +CMTI

[+CMTI1]] +CMT [& +CNMA2]] [+CMTI1]]

code is sent when ME does not have other display device than AT interface. command must be sent when +CSMS <service> value equals 1 and ME does not have other display device than AT interface. 3) acknowledgement command must be sent when +CSMS <service> value equals 1.
2) acknowledgement

<bm>

(the rules for storing received CBMs depend on its data coding scheme (refer 3GPP TS 23.038 [2]), the setting of Select CBM Types (+CSCB) and this value; refer table 3):

0 1

No CBM indications are routed to the TE. If CBM is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code: +CBMI: <mem>,<index>

New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code: +CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled); or +CBM: <sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data> (text mode enabled)

If ME supports data coding groups which define special routing also for messages other than class 3 (e.g. (U)SIM specific messages), ME may choose not to route messages of such data coding schemes into TE (indication of a stored CBM may be given as defined in <bm>=1). 10 Class 3 CBMs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined in <bm>=2. If CBM storage is supported, messages of other classes result in indication as defined in <bm>=1.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

74

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.13 Show Text Mode Parameters +CSDH

Description: This command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text mode result codes. Set command indicates whether detailed header information is shown in text mode result codes or not. Read command returns currently selected mode value. Test command returns supported show modes as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CSDH=[<show>]

Command AT+CSDH=[<show>]

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CSDH?

+CSDH: <show> OK

AT+CSDH=?

+CSDH: (list of supported <show>s) OK

AT+CSDH=?

+CSDH: (0,1) OK

AT+CSDH?

+CSDH: 1 OK

AT+CSDH=0
Note: Disable display of header values in result codes

OK

Defined Values

<show> 0 do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP (<sca>, <tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda> or <tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs and SMS-SUBMITs in text mode; for SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR result code, do not show <pid>, <mn>, <da>, <toda>, <length> or <cdata> 1 show the values in result codes

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

75

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.14 List Messages +CMGL


Description: This command returns messages with status value <stat> from message storage <mem1> to the TE. About text mode parameters in italics, refer command Show Text Mode Parameters +CSDH. If status of the message is 'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read' subsequently.

Syntax: AT+CMGL[=<stat>]

Command Text Mode AT+CMGL[=<stat>]

Possible Responses if text mode (+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMSDELIVERs: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa/toda>, <length>]<CR><LF><data>[<CR><LF> +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<da/oa>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa/toda>, <length>+<CR><LF><data>*++ if text mode (+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-STATUS-REPORTs: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> [<CR><LF> +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> *++ if text mode (+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-COMMANDs: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[<CR><LF> +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>*++ if text mode (+CMGF=1), command successful and CBM storage: +CMGL : <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages> <CR><LF><data>[<CR><LF> +CMGL : <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages> <CR><LF><data>*++ otherwise: +CMS ERROR: <err> +CMS ERROR: <err> otherwise: +CMS ERROR: <err>

PDU Mode +CMGL[=<stat>]

if PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and command successful: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> [<CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> *++ otherwise: +CMS ERROR: <err> +CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s)

Text Mode +CMGL=?

About text mode parameters in italics, refer command Show Text Mode Parameters +CSDH. If status of the message is received unread, status in the storage changes to received read. If listing fails, final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for <err> values.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

76

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Note: If the selected <mem1> can contain different types of SMs (e.g. SMS-DELIVERs, SMS-SUBMITs, SMSSTATUS-REPORTs and SMS-COMMANDs), the response may be a mix of the responses of different SM types. TE application can recognize the response format by examining the third response parameter. Test command shall give a list of all status values supported by the TA. Defined Values

In text mode, <stat> "REC UNREAD" "REC READ" "STO UNSENT" "STO SENT" "ALL" Received unread messages (default) Received read messages Stored unsent messages Stored sent messages All messages

In PDU mode, <stat> 0 1 2 3 4 Received unread messages (default) Received read messages Stored unsent messages Stored sent messages All messages

<alpha>

string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific

<da>

GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters; type of address given by <toda>

<toda>

GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

77

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<data> In the case of SMS: GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format: if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set: ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of Annex A if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)) In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 CBM Content of Message in text mode responses; format: if <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used: ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of Annex A if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number

<length>

integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)

<index>

integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory

<oa>

GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters; type of address given by <tooa>

<pdu>

In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)). In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format.

<scts>

GSM 03.40 TP-Service-Center-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer <dt>)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

78

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.15 Read Message +CMGR


Description: This command returns message with location value <index> from message storage <mem1> to the TE Set command returns message with location value <index> from message storage <mem1> to the TE Test command returns an OK

Syntax: AT+CMGR=<index>

Command TEXT AT+CMGR=<index>

Possible Responses

if text mode (+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-DELIVER: +CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>, <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> if text mode (+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-SUBMIT: +CMGR: <stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<vp>], <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> if text mode (+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-STATUS-REPORT: +CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> if text mode (+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-COMMAND: +CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],[<da>],[<toda>],<length> <CR><LF><cdata>] if text mode (+CMGF=1), command successful and CBM storage: +CMGR: <stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data> otherwise: +CMS ERROR: <err> PDU if PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and command successful: +CMGR=<index> +CMGR: <stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> otherwise: +CMS ERROR: <err> AT+CMGR=? OK About text mode parameters in italics, refer command Show Text Mode Parameters +CSDH. If status of the message is received unread, status in the storage changes to received read before display . If reading fails, final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for <err> values.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

79

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.16 Send Message +CMGS

Description: This command sends a SMS. Set command lets user send SMS in text mode or PDU mode based on the message format +CMGF. Test command will result in Ok response.

Execution command sends message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT). Message reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on successful message delivery. Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network supports) <scts> is returned for text mode and <ackpdu> is returned. For PDU mode. Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code. If sending fails in a network or an ME error, final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list of <err> values. This command should be abortable.

entered text (3GPP TS 23.040 [3] TP-Data-Unit) is sent to address <da> and all current settings (refer Set Text Mode Parameters +CSMP and Service Centre Address +CSCA) are used to construct the actual PDU in ME/TA.

<length> must indicate the number of octets coded in the TP layer data unit to be given (i.e. SMSC address octets are excluded).

the entered text should be formatted as follows if <dcs> (set with +CSMP) indicates that 3GPP TS 23.038 [2] GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that 3GPP TS 23.040 [3] TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set: if TE character set other than HEX (refer command Select TE Character Set +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007 [9]): ME/TA converts the entered text into the GSM 7 bit default alphabet according to rules of Annex A; backspace can be used to delete last character and carriage returns can be used (previously mentioned four character sequence shall be sent to the TE after every carriage return entered by the user); if TE character set is HEX: the entered text should consist of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA converts into the GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters. (e.g. 17 (IRA 49 and 55) will be converted to character (GSM 7 bit default alphabet 23)). if <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used or <fo> indicates that 3GPP TS 23.040 [3] TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: the entered text should consist of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA converts into 8-bit octet (e.g. two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65) will be converted to an octet with integer value 42).

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

80

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

the PDU shall be hexadecimal format (similarly as specified for <pdu>) and given in one line; ME/TA converts this coding into the actual octets of PDU.

when the length octet of the SMSC address (given in the PDU) equals zero, the SMSC address set with command Service Centre Address +CSCA is used; in this case the SMSC Type-of-Address octet shall not be present in the PDU, i.e. TPDU starts right after SMSC length octet.

sending can be cancelled by giving <ESC> character (IRA 27). <ctrl-Z> (IRA 26) must be used to indicate the ending of PDU.

Note: concatenated SMS is not supported in C-AT Syntax: AT+CMGS

Command If text mode (+CMGF=1): AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]<CR> text is entered<ctrl-Z/ESC>

Possible Responses If text mode (+CMGF=1) and sending successful: +CMGS: <mr>[,<scts>] OK

If sending fails: +CMS ERROR: <err> AT+CMGS=+6590123456<CR> Hello World<CTRL-Z> +CMGS: 200 OK
Note: successful sent message in text mode to +6590123456.

If PDU mode (+CMGF=0): AT+CMGS=<length><CR> PDU is given<ctrl-Z/ESC>

If PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and sending successful: +CMGS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>] OK If sending fails: +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CMGS=17<CR> 0011000A9156092143650000AA04C 9E9340B<CTRL-Z> AT+GMGS=?

+CMGS: 199 OK
Note: successful sent message in PDU mode to +6590123456. Message contains ISSY

OK

Defined Values

<da>

3GPP TS 23.040 [3] TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

81

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

currently selected TE character set (refer command +CSCS in3GPP TS 27.007 [9]); type of address given by <toda> <toda> 3GPP TS 24.011 [6] TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129) <mr> <scts> <dt> 3GPP TS 23.040 [3] TP-Message-Reference in integer format 3GPP TS 23.040 [3] TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer <dt>) 23.040 [3] TP-Discharge-Time in time-string format: yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:sszz, where characters indicate year (two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone. E.g. 6th of May 1994, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours equals to 94/05/06,22:10:00+08 <length> integer type value indicating in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length). Note: In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used, and 140 characters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme. <ackpdu> GSM 03.40 RP-User-Data element of RP-ACK PDU; format is same as for <pdu> in case of SMS, but without GSM 04.11 SC address field and parameter shall be enclosed in double quote characters like a normal string type parameter <pdu> For SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA characters (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)). In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format. Note: SIO consumes all SMS commands and also the text entered by user. So C-AT doesnot receive any SMS commands until SIO is fixed!

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

82

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.17 Send Message from Storage +CMSS

Description: This command sends a SMS Set command lets user send SMS from a memory location Test command will result in Ok response

Set command sends message with location value <index> from preferred message storage <mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND). If new recipient address <da> is given given for SMS-SUBMIT, it shall be used instead of the one stored with the message. Reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on successful message delivery. Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network supports) <scts> is returned in text mode and <ackpdu> is returned in Pdu mode. Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code. If sending fails in a network or an ME error, final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list of <err> values. Parameters have the same meaning as in +CMGS. Optional return values <scts>, <ackpdu> are not provided by platform.

Syntax: AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda>]]

Command AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda >]]

Possible Responses if text mode (+CMGF=1) and sending successful: +CMSS: <mr>[,<scts>]

if sending fails: +CMS ERROR: <err> AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda >]] if PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and sending successful: +CMSS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]

if sending fails: +CMS ERROR: <err> AT+CMSS=? AT+CMSS=3,"93683903" OK +CMSS: 171

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

83

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

OK
Note: message successfully sent from storage location #3 to local phone number 93683903

AT+CMSS?

+CME ERROR: 3

Defined Values

<index>

Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory

<da>

GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (specified by +CSCS);; type of address given by <toda>

<toda>

GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129)

<mr>

GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format

6.18 Write Message to Memory +CMGW


Description:

This command writes message to preferred message storage. Set command writes message to memory. Test command is returns ok.

Execution command stores message (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-SUBMIT) to memory storage <mem2>. Memory location <index> of the stored message is returned. By default message status will be set to stored unsent, but parameter <stat> allows also other status values to be given (ME/TA manufacturer may choose to use different default <stat> values for different message types). The entering of text is done similarly as specified in command Send Message +CMGS. If writing fails, final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned.

See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for <err> values.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

84

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Syntax: AT+CMGW

Command if text mode (+CMGF=1): AT+CMGW[=<oa/da>[,<tooa/toda>[,<sta t>]]]<CR> text is entered<ctrl-Z/ESC> if PDU mode (+CMGF=0): AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]<CR>PDU is given<ctrl-Z/ESC> +CMGW=? In text mode (+CMGF=1): AT+CMGW="9893033",129,"REC UNREAD" > TESTING<ctrl-Z>
Note: Write message in text mode into REC UNREAD memory

Possible Responses +CMGW: <index> OK or +CMS ERROR: <err> +CMGW: <index> or +CMS ERROR: <err> OK +CMGW: 6 OK
Note: message successfully written into specified memory

In PDU mode (+CMGF=0): AT+CMGW=17,2 > 0011000A9156382277620000AA04C9E9 340B <ctrl-Z>


Note: Write message in PDU mode into STO UNSENT memory

+CMGW: 7 OK
Note: message successfully written into specified memory

Defined Values

In text mode: <stat> "REC UNREAD" "REC READ" "STO UNSENT" "STO SENT" "ALL" received unread message (i.e. new message) received read message stored unsent message (only applicable to SMs) stored sent message (only applicable to SMs) all messages (only applicable to +CMGL command)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

85

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

In PDU mode: <stat> 0 1 2 3 4 received unread message (i.e. new message) received read message stored unsent message (only applicable to SMs) stored sent message (only applicable to SMs) all messages (only applicable to +CMGL command)

<oa>

GSM 03.40 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GS default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (specified by +CSCS);; type of address given by <tooa>

<da>

GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (specified by +CSCS);; type of address given by <toda>

<tooa>

GSM 04.11 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer <toda>)

<toda>

GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129)

<pdu>

In the case of SMS: GSM 04.11 SC address followed by GSM 03.40 TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)). In the case of CBS: GSM 03.41 TPDU in hexadecimal format.

<length>

integer type value indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)

<index>

Index of message in selected storage <mem2>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

86

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.19 Delete Message +CMGD

Description: This command deletes message from preferred message storage. Set command deletes message from memory. Read command is not supportable. Test command returns list of supported indexes and list of supported deletion flags.

Execution command deletes message from preferred message storage <mem1> location <index>. If <delflag> is present and not set to 0 then the ME shall ignore <index> and follow the rules for <delflag> shown below. If deleting fails, final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned. See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for <err> values. Test command shows the valid memory locations and optionally the supported values of <delflag>.

Syntax: AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]

Command AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delfla g>]

Possible Responses OK or +CMS ERROR: <err>

AT+CMGD=?

+CMGD: (list of supported <index>s)[,(list of supported <delflag>s)] OK

Defined Values <delflag> an integer indicating multiple message deletion request as follows: 0 (or omitted) Delete the message specified in <index> 1 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage, leaving unread messages and stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not) untouched 2 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage and sent mobile originated messages, leaving unread messages and unsent mobile originated messages untouched 3 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage, sent and unsent mobile originated messages leaving unread messages untouched. 4 Delete all messages from preferred message storage including unread messages.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

87

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.20 Send Command +CMGC

Description: Set sends a command message from a TE to the network. Test command returns OK string.

Syntax: Command syntax in text mode AT+CMGC=<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>[,<mn>[,<da>[,<toda>]]]]<CR><text><Ctrl-Z/ESC> Command syntax in PDU mode AT+CMGC=<length><CR><PDU><Ctrl-Z/ESC> CMGC action command syntax Command if text mode (+CMGF=1): +CMGC=<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>[,<mn>[,<da>[, <toda>]]]]<CR> text is entered<ctrl-Z/ESC> if sending fails: +CMS ERROR: <err> if PDU mode (+CMGF=0): +CMGC=<length><CR> PDU is given<ctrl-Z/ESC> if sending fails: +CMS ERROR: <err> AT+CMGC=? OK if PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and sending successful: +CMGC: <mr>[,<ackpdu>] Possible Responses if text mode (+CMGF=1) and sending successful: +CMGC: <mr>[,<scts>]

Note: PDU: Message reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on successful message delivery. Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network supports) <ackpdu> is returned. Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code.

Defined Values

<fo>

first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format

<ct>

GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format (default 0)


88

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<pid>

GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0)

<mn>

GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Number in integer format

<da>

GSM 03.40 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (specified by +CSCS);; type of address given by <toda>

<toda>

GSM 04.11 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129)

<length>

integer type value indicating in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length)

<mr>

GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

89

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.21 More Messages to Send +CMMS

Description: This set command controls the continuity of SMS relay protocol link. When enabled, multiple messages (SMS) can be sent much faster as link is kept open.

Syntax: AT+CMMS=[<n>]

Command AT+CMMS=[<n>]

Possible Responses OK Or +CME ERROR <err> +CMMS: <n> OK +CMMS: (list of supported <n>s) OK

AT+CMMS? +CMMS=?

Defined Values

<n> 0 1

Disable keep enabled until the time between the response of the latest message send command (+CMGS, +CMSS, etc.) and the next send command exceeds 1-5 seconds (the exact value is up to ME implementation), then ME shall close the link and TA switches <n> automatically back to 0

keep permanently enabled (ME closes only the link after each send sequence, <n> is not switched back to 0).

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

90

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.22 Message Service Failure Result Code +CMS ERROR

Description: Final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to mobile equipment or network. The operation is similar to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same command line is executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned. ERROR is returned normally when error is related to syntax or invalid parameters.

6.23 Initiate Resending of SMS over CS if GPRS Fails +XCSSMS


This command allows to initiate resending of SMS over CS (circuit switched) if the sending over GPRS is failed. The resending feature is limited by a <timer_value> indicated in the set syntax; after expiration of the corresponding timer the SMS will be sent as specified by the setting +CGSMS.

Set command returns allows to initiate resending of SMS over CS (circuit switched) if the sending over GPRS is failed.

Read command returns the status of the timer. Test command gives the list of supported <status>s and list of supported <timer>s values.

Syntax: AT+XCSSMS=<timer value> Command Set Command AT+XCSSMS=1 Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> Read command AT+XCSSMS? Text Mode AT+XCSSMS=? +XCSSMS: <status> OK +XCSSMS: (0-1),(1-48) i.e. (list of supported <status>s),(list of supported <timer_value>s) OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

91

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6.24 Detection of Signal DR_SM_FINISHED_IND +XSMS


This command is triggered by sdl signal DR_SM_FINISHED_IND. When enabled, the command sends an URC which shows whether signal has been received or not.

This Set commands when enabled, the command sends an URC which shows whether signal has been received or not.

Read command returns status of <mode> and <state>. Test command returns list of supported <mode>s.

Syntax: AT+XSMS=<mode> Command Set Command AT+XSMS=1 Possible Responses +XSMS:<state> OK or CMS ERROR: <error> Read command AT+XSMS? Text Mode AT+XSMS=? +XSMS: <mode>,<state> OK +XSMS: (list of supported <mode>s) OK

Defined values <mode> may be 0 1 XSMS disabled XSMS enabled

<state> may be 0 1 DR_SM_INIT_FINISHED_IND has been not received DR_SM_INIT_FINISHED_IND has been received

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

92

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

7
7.1

AUDIO COMMANDS
Select Audio Interface $VAUDIO

Description: This command selects the type of output for audio interface.

Syntax: AT$VAUDIO=<n>

Command AT$VAUDIO=<n>

Possible Responses OK ERROR

AT$VAUDIO?

$VAUDIO: <n> OK

AT$VAUDIO=?

$VAUDIO: (list of possible<n>s) OK

AT$VAUDIO=?

$VAUDIO: (0,1) OK

AT$VAUDIO?

$VAUDIO: 0 OK

AT$VAUDIO=1
Note: Set to Digital Audio Interface

OK

Defined Values

<n> 0 1 = = Analog Audio Interface Digital Audio Interface. Bluetooth Support

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

93

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

7.2

Audio Speaker Output $VSPK

Description: This command controls the Analog Speaker Output.

Syntax: AT$VSPK=<n>

Command AT$VSPK=<n>

Possible Responses OK ERROR

AT$VSPK?

$VSPK: <n> OK

AT$VSPK=?

$VSPK: (list of possible<n>s) OK

AT$VSPK=?

$VSPK: (0,1) OK

AT$VSPK?

$VSPK: 0 OK

AT$VSPK?

$VSPK: 0 OK

AT$VSPK=1
Note: Enable Speaker Output

OK

Defined Values

<n> 0 1 = = Disable Speaker Output Enable Speaker Output

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

94

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

7.3

Audio Input Gain Fine-Tuner $VTXG

Description: This command selects the gain of the input path. It allows fine-tuning of the microphone gain.

Syntax: AT$VTXG=<level>

Command AT$VTXG=<level>

Possible Responses OK ERROR

AT$VTXG?

$VTXG: <level> OK

AT$VTXG=?

$VTXG: (list of possible<level>s) OK

AT$VTXG=24
Note: Set the microphone transmit gain to level 24 (+12dB)

OK

AT$VTXG?

$VTXG: 24 OK

AT$VTXG=?

$VTXG: (0-24) OK

Defined Values

<level> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 = = = = = = = = = -12dB -11 dB -10 dB -9 dB -8 dB -7 dB -6 dB -5 dB -4 dB

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

95

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

-3 dB -2 dB -1 dB 0 dB (Default) +1 dB +2 dB +3 dB +4 dB +5 dB +6 dB +7 dB +8 dB +9 dB +10 dB +11 dB +12 dB

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

96

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

7.4

Audio Output Gain Fine-Tuner $VRXG

Description: This command selects the gain of the output path. It allows fine-tuning of the speaker gain. Syntax: AT$VRXG=<level> Command AT$VRXG=<level> Possible Responses OK ERROR AT$VRXG? $VRXG: <level> OK AT$VRXG=? $VRXG: <list of possible <level>s> OK AT$VRXG=7 AT$VRXG? OK
Note: Set the speaker gain to level 7 (1 dB)

$VRXG: 7 OK

AT$VRXG=?

$VRXG: (0-12) OK

Defined Values <level> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 = = = = = = = = = = = = = -6 dB (Default) -5 dB -4 dB -3 dB -2 dB -1 dB 0 dB 1 dB 2 dB 3 dB 4 dB 5 dB 6 dB


97

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

7.5

Echo Cancellation and Noise Suppression +VECHO

Description: The specific command is used to enable, disable or configure the Echo cancellation functions for voice calls. It is necessary to tune the Speaker gain (AT$VRXG) and the Microphone gain (AT$VTXG) before activating the Echo Cancellation feature.

User must first set the settings before executing them with AT$VECHO.

Syntax: AT$VECHO=<parameter>[,<value>]

Command AT$VECHO=?

Possible Responses $VECHO: 0,(0,1) $VECHO: 1,(0,2)

Note: values

Query

available

$VECHO: 2,(0,1) $VECHO: 3,(1-65535) $VECHO: 4,(0-32767) $VECHO: 5,(32767,26026,22957,16384,8191,4095,2047) $VECHO: 6,(0-65535) $VECHO: 7,(0-65535) $VECHO: 8,(4096) $VECHO: 9,(4096) $VECHO: 10,(0,512) $VECHO: 11,(0,4) $VECHO: 12,(0,32,64,96)

AT$VECHO?

$VECHO: 0,1 $VECHO: 1,2 $VECHO: 2,1 $VECHO: 3,20 $VECHO: 4,25000 $VECHO: 5,8191 $VECHO: 6,14080 $VECHO: 7, 50 $VECHO: 8,4096

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

98

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

$VECHO: 9,4096 $VECHO: 10,512 $VECHO: 11,4 $VECHO: 12,64 OK AT$VECHO=5,4095 AT$VECHO=0,1
Note: Echo Cancellation is enabled automatically when a call is connected (default)

OK OK

AT$VECHO=0,0
Note: Echo Cancellation has to be enabled manually when a call is connected

OK

AT$VECHO
Note: Enable Echo Cancellation

OK

Defined Values

<parameter> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 = = = = = = = = = = = = =

Each parameter number is representing a field as shown below: Enables Echo Cancellation Echo Cancellation Continuous Filtering Granularity of the smoothed attenuation Smoothing coefficient Level of max echo Cancellation Voice Activity Detector (VAD) factor Voice Activity Detector (VAD) absolute offset NA NA Echo Cancellation Visibility Noise Suppression Level of noise suppression

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

99

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<value> <0> 0 1 = = Manually enable Echo Cancellation when call is connected Automatically enable Echo Cancellation when call is connected (default)

<1 > 0 2

Enable/Disable Echo Cancellation function = = Disable Echo cancellation Enable Echo cancellation (default)

<2 > 0 1

Enable/Disable Continuous Filtering = = Off On (default)

<3> 1 20

Granularity of the smoothed attenuation. Unit: Number of samples. Value ranges from 1 to 65535 = = Disable Typical (default)

<4 > 32767 3276:

Smoothing coefficient. Unit: % in Q15 hexa. Value ranges from 0 to 32767 = = Disable Typical configuration 10%

Note: Default if 25000.

<5> 32767 26026 22957 16384 8191 4095 2047

Level of max echo Cancellation = = = = = = = 0 dB 2 dB 3 dB 6 dB 12dB (default) 18dB 24dB

<6> 4096 14080

Voice Activity Detector (VAD) factor. Value ranges from 0 to 65535 (default: 4000) = = Original Setting (Decimal 0.5) Typical Setting (default)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

100

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<7> 50 4096

Voice Activity Detector (VAD) absolute offset. Value ranges from 0 to 65535 = = Original Setting (Decimal 2*10-9) (default) Typical Setting

<8> 4096 = Original Setting (default)

<9> 4096 = Original Setting (default)

<10> 0 512

Echo Cancellation Visibility = = Disable Enable (default)

<11> 0 4

Noise Suppression = = Disable Enable (default)

<12> 0 32 64 96

Level of noise suppression = = = = No limitation 6dB 12dB (default) 18dB

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

101

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8
8.1

SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES COMMANDS


Calling Line Identification Presentation +CLIP

Description: This command allows to control the calling line identification presentation supplementary service.

Set command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI at the TE. It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service CLIP in the network.

Read command gives the status of <n>, and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIP service according 3GPP TS 22.081 [3] (given in <m>).

Test command returns values supported as a compound value. When CLI is enabled below mwntioned URC mentioned.

+CLIP: <number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,[<alpha>][,[<CLI validity>][,<Cause of NoCli>]]]]

Syntax: AT+CLIP=[<n>]

Command AT+CLIP=[<n>]

Possible Responses OK OR CME ERROR: <error>

AT+CLIP?

+CLIP: <n>,<m> OK

AT+CLIP=?

+CLIP(0,1) i.e. +CLIP: (list of supported <n>s) OK

AT+CLIP=1
Note: Enable CLIP

OK +CLIP: 0,0 OK RING +CLIP: 966666666,129,1,,,Tom

AT+CLIP?

or in UCS2 format:

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

102

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

+CLIP: 966666666,129,1,,,,815765767
Note: Incoming call alert with presentation of phone number and name

Defined Values

<n> 0 1

(Parameter enables/disables the result code presentation status to the TE: Disable Enable

<m> 0 1 2

(parameter shows the subscriber CLIP service status in the network): CLIP not provisioned CLIP provisioned unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)

8.2

Calling Line Identification Restriction +CLIR

Description: This command allows controlling the calling line identification restriction supplementary service (GSM02.81).

Set command overrides the CLIR subscription (default is restricted or allowed) when temporary mode is provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite command. If this command is used by a subscriber without provision of CLIR in permanent mode the network will act according 3GPP TS 22.081 [3].

Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (given in <n>), and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service (given in <m>).

Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CLIR=[<n>] Command AT+CLIR=[<n>] Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

103

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

AT+CLIR?

+CLIR: <n>,<m> OK

AT+CLIR=?

+CLIR: (0,1,2) i.e. +CLIR: (list of supported <n>s) OK

Defined Values <n> 0 1 2 (parameter sets the adjustment for outgoing calls): presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service CLIR invocation CLIR suppression

<m> 0 1 2 3 4

(parameter shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network): CLIR not provisioned CLIR provisioned in permanent mode unknown (e.g. no network, etc.) CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed

8.3

Connected line identification presentation +COLP

Description: This command allows the control of the connected line identification presentation supplementary service, useful in case of call forwarding of the connected line.

Set command is used to enable or disable the Connected line Identity of the called party. When enabled (and called subscriber allows), +COLP: <number>, <type> [, <subaddr>, <satype> [, <alpha>]] intermediate result code is returned from TA to TE.

Read command gives the status of <n>, and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the COLP service (given in <m>).

Test command returns <n> values supported as a compound value.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

104

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Syntax: AT+COLP=[<n>]

Command AT+COLP=[<n>]

Possible Responses OK OR CME ERROR: <error> +COLP: <n>,<m> +COLP: (0,1) i.e. +COLP: (list of supported <n>s) OK

AT+COLP? AT+COLP=?

AT+COLP=1
Note: Enable COLP

OK +COLP: 1,2 +COLP: 96666666,129,,,TOM


Note: Connected line with name presentation

AT+COLP? ATD+6596666666;

Defined Values

<n> 0 1

(parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA): Disable Enable

<m> 0 1 2

(parameter shows the subscriber COLP service status in the network): COLP not provisioned COLP provisioned unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

105

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.4

List Current Calls +CLCC

Description: This action command returns list of current calls of ME. If command succeeds but no calls are available, no information response is sent to TE.

Set command is N/A Read command lists the current calls of ME. If command succeeds but no calls are available, no information response is sent to TE.

Test command returns just OK.

Syntax: AT+CLCC

Command AT+CLCC

Possible Responses [+CLCC: <id1>, <dir>, <stat>,

<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>[,<alpha>[,<priority>]]] [<CR><LF>+CLCC: <id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>[,<alpha>[, <priority>]]] *+++ OK OR +CME ERROR: <error> AT+CLCC? +CLCC: OK

Defined Values

<idx>

integer type; call identification number as described in GSM 02.30 [19] subclause 4.5.5.1; this number can be used in +CHLD command operations

<dir> 0 1 mobile originated (MO) call mobile terminated (MT) call

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

106

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<stat> 0 1 2 3 4 5

(state of the call): active held dialing (MO call) alerting (MO call) incoming (MT call) waiting (MT call)

<mode> (bearer/teleservice): 0 1 2 3 9 voice data fax voice followed by data, voice mode unknown

<mpty> 0 1 call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties

<number>

string type phone number in format specified by <type>

<type>

type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7)

<alpha>

string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set +CSCS

<priority>

optional digit type parameter indicating the eMLPP priority level of the call, values specified in 3GPP TS 22.067[54].

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

107

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.5

Closed user group +CCUG

Description: This command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary service (refer 3GPP TS 22.085 [21]).

Set command enables the served subscriber to select a CUG index, to suppress the Outgoing Access (OA), and to suppress the preferential CUG.

Read command returns information on the current status of CUG enabled/disabled <n>, the CUG index <index> and its information <info>.

Test command returns OK.

Syntax: AT+CCUG=[<n>[,<index>[,<info>]]]

Command AT+CCUG=[<n>[,<index>[,<i nfo>]]]

Possible Responses OK OR CMEE ERROR : <error>

AT+CCUG? AT+CCUG=? AT+CCUG=?

+CCUG: <n>,<index>,<info> OK +CCUG: (0,1),(0-10),(0-3) OK Note: Displays list of parameters allowed

AT+CCUG?

+CCUG:0,0,0 OK

Defined Values <n> 0 1 <index> 09 10 <info> 0 1 no information suppress OA CUG index no index (preferred CUG taken from subscriber data) disable CUG temporary mode enable CUG temporary mode

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

108

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

2 3

suppress preferential CUG suppress OA and preferential CUG

8.6

Call Forwarding Number and Conditions +CCFC

Description: This command allows the control of the call forwarding supplementary service according to GSM02.82. Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation and status query are supported.

Set command supports registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status query for call forwarding. When querying the status of a network service (<mode>=2) the response line for not active case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active for any <class>.

Test command returns <reason> values supported as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CCFC=<reason>,<mode> [,<number>[,<type> [,<class> [,<subaddr>[,<satype> [,<time>]]]]]] Command AT+CCFC=<reason>,<mode> [,<number>[,<type> [,<class> [,<subaddr>[,<satype> [,<time>]]]]]] Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err> when <mode>=2 and command successful: +CCFC: <status>,<class1>[,<number>,<type> [,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<time>]]][ <CR><LF>+CCFC: <status>,<class2>[,<number>,<type> [,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<time>]]] *++ AT+CCFC=? +CCFC: (list of supported <reason>s) OK AT+CCFC=? +CCFC: (0-5) OK AT+CCFC=0,2 AT+CCFC=0,3,+6596666666 AT+CCFC=0,2 +CCFC: 0,7
Note: Call forwarding disabled for voice, data, fax calls

OK +CCFC: 1,1,96666666,129
Note: Call forwarding active for voice class

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

109

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

+CCFC: 1,2,97777777,129
Note: Call forwarding active for data class

AT+CCFC=0,4
Note: Erase call forwarding unconditional

OK
Note: Command valid

AT+CCFC= 1,1,"93112345"
Note: Enabled call forwarding when mobile busy

OK
Note: Command valid

Defined Values

<reason> 0 1 2 3 4 5 unconditional mobile busy no reply not reachable all call forwarding (refer GSM 02.30 [19]) all conditional call forwarding (refer GSM 02.30 [19])

<mode> 0 1 2 3 4 disable enable query status registration erasure

<number>

string type phone number of forwarding address in format specified by <type>

<type>

type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7); default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character "+", otherwise 129

<subaddr>

string type subaddress of format specified by <satype>

<satype>

type of subaddress octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.8); default 128

<classx>

is a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default 7, which indicates active voice, data and fax)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

110

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

1 2

voice (telephony) data (refers to all bearer services; with <mode>=2 this may refer only to some bearer service if TA does not support values 16, 32, 64 and 128)

4 7 8 16 32 64 128

fax (facsimile services) data fax, short message service and voice short message service data circuit sync data circuit async dedicated packet access dedicated PAD access

<time> 1...30 when "no reply" is enabled or queried, this gives the time in seconds to wait before call is forwarded, default value 20

<status> 0 1 not active active

8.7

Call Waiting +CCWA

Description: This command allows control of the Call Waiting supplementary service according to GSM02.83. Activation, deactivation and status query are supported.

Set command allows activation and deactivation of Call Waiting and also support status query When querying the status of a network service (<mode>=2) the response line for not active case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active for any <class>.

Read command returns the result code presentation status to the TE. Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

If enabled by <n> an unsolicited result code is presented on TE when a call is signalled in following format: +CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>,[<alpha>][,<CLI validity>[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<priority> [,<cause of no cli>]]]]

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

111

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Syntax: AT+CCWA=[<n>[,<mode>[,<class>]]]

Command AT+CCWA=[<n>[,<mode>[,< class>]]]

Possible Responses +CME ERROR: <err> OK when <mode>=2 and command successful

+CCWA: <status>,<class1> +CCWA: <status>,<class2> *++ OK AT+CCWA? AT+CCWA=? +CCWA: <n> +CCWA: (list of supported <n>s) OK AT+CCWA=? +CCWA: (0,1) OK AT+CCWA=1,1,1
Note: Enable call waiting for voice

OK
Note: Command valid

AT+CCWA=1,2
Note: Interrogate call waiting

+CCWA: 1,1
Note: Call waiting active for voice calls

ATD93112348;
Note: Originate voice call

OK
Note: Call connected, in conversation

+CCWA: "62533333",129,1,"iwow3",0
Note: Another call is waiting

Defined Values

<n> 0 1

(Sets/shows the result code presentation status to the TE. Its values can be disable enable

<mode> (when <mode> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated): 0 1 2 disable enable query status

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

112

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<classx> 1 2

a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default 7): voice (telephony) data (refers to all bearer services; with <mode>=2 this may refer only to some bearer service if TA does not support values 16, 32, 64 and 128)

4 7 8 16 32 64 128

fax (facsimile services) data fax, short message service and voice short message service data circuit sync data circuit async dedicated packet access dedicated PAD access

<status> 0 1 not active active

<number>

string type phone number of calling address in format specified by <type>

<type>

type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7)

<alpha>

optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set +CSCS

<CLI validity> 0 1 2 CLI valid CLI has been withheld by the originator. CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating network.

When CLI is not available (<CLI validity>=2), <number> shall be an empty string ("") and <type> value will not be significant. Nevertheless, TA may return the recommended value 128 for <type> (TON/NPI unknown in accordance with GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7). When CLI is withheld by the originator, (<CLI validity>=1) and the CLIP is provisioned with the "override category" option (refer GSM 02.81[3] and GSM 03.81[40]), <number> and <type> is provided. Otherwise, TA shall return the same setting for <number> and <type> as if the CLI was not available.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

113

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.8

Call Hold +CHLD

Description: This command allows to managing call hold and multiparty conversation (conference call).Calls can be put on hold, recovered, released or added to conversation. Note: Call Hold, Multi Party and Explicit Call Transfer are only applicable to tele service 11. Using Set command calls can be put on hold, recovered, released, added to conversation, and transferred. This is based on the GSM/UMTS supplementary services HOLD, MPTY (i.e Multi Party) and ECT (Explicit Call Transfer). The interaction of this command with other commands based on other GSM/UMTS supplementary services is described in the GSM/UMTS standards. Test command returns a list of operations which are supported. The call number required by some operations shall be denoted by x (e.g. +CHLD: (0, 1, 1x, 2, 2x, 3)).

Syntax: AT+CHLD=[<n>]

Command AT+CHLD=[<n>]

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CHLD=?

+CHLD: (list of supported <n>s) OK

Defined Values <n> 0 1 Release all held calls or set User Determined User Busy (UDUB) for a waiting call Release all active calls (if any exist) and accepts the other (held or waiting) call

Note: In the scenario: An active call, a waiting call and held call, when the active call is terminated, we will makethe Held call as active. 1X Release a specific call X (active call) 2 2X 3 4 6 7 8 Place all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held or waiting) call. Place all active calls on hold except call X with which communication is supported. Adds a held call to the conversation. Connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber from both calls (Explicit Call Transfer) puts an active call on hold or an held call to active, while another call is waiting disconnect users in multiparty without accepting incoming call release all calls

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

114

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.9

Unstructured Supplementary Service Data +CUSD

Description: This command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) according to 3GPP TS22.090 [23].Both network and mobile initiated operations are supported. Parameter <n> (refer to defined values) is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result +CUSD: <m> [, <str>, <dcs>] to the TE. In addition, value <n>=2 is used to cancel an ongoing USSD session

When <str> is given, a mobile initiated USSD-string or a response USSD-string to a network initiated operation is sent to the network. The response USSD-string from the network is returned in a subsequent unsolicited +CUSD result code.

Note: In case of successful mobile initiated operation, TA implemented according to a version prior to 6 of this standard, waits the USSD response from the network and sends it to the TE before the final result code .This will block the AT command interface for the period of the operation. Such TA does not support <n> value 2. Read command gives the current status of the result code presentation to the TE (disable/enable). Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CUSD=[<n>[,<str>[,<dcs>]]] Command AT+CUSD=[<n>[,<str>[,<dcs >]]] Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err> AT+CUSD? +CUSD: <n> OK AT+CUSD=? +CUSD: (list of supported <n>s) OK AT+CUSD=1,*100# AT+CUSD=? OK
Note: USSD response will display subsequently

+CUSD: (0,1,2) OK

AT+CUSD=1 ATD*100#

OK OK +CUSD: 1,"#100# Menu

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

115

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

1> Top-up 2> Balance enquiry +CUSD: 2


Note: USSD session has been terminated by network

Defined Values

<n> 0 1 2 disable the result code presentation in the TA enable the result code presentation in the TA cancel session (not applicable to read command response)

<str>

string type USSD string (when <str> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated):

<dcs>

GSM 03.38 [25] Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default 0)

<m> 0 no further user action required (network initiated USSD Notify, or no further information needed after mobile initiated operation) 1 further user action required (network initiated USSD Request, or further information 3 needed after mobile initiated operation) 2 3 4 5 USSD terminated by network other local client has responded operation not supported network time out

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

116

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.10 Advice of Charge +CAOC

Description: This command allows the subscriber to get the information about the call costs in home units using the Advise of Charge supplementary service (3GPP TS 22.024 and 3GPP TS 22.086). If enabled the following unsolicited result code is sent to TE periodically: +CCCM: <ccm>

Set command is used to set the mode. Read command returns the current mode value. Test command returns list of supported modes

Syntax: AT+CAOC=<mode>

Command AT+CAOC=0

Possible Responses +CAOC: 000A02 OK or CME ERROR: <error> +CAOC: <mode> OK

AT+CAOC?

AT+CAOC=?

+CAOC: (0-2) i.e. +CAOC: (list of supported <mode>s) OK

Defined Values

<mode> 0 1 2 = = = query CCM value deactivate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value activate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value

<ccm> string type; three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30); value is in home units and bytes are similarly coded as ACMmax value in the SIM

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

117

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.11 Accumulated Call Meter Maximum +CAMM

Description: This command sets the Advise of Charge related accumulated call meter maximum value in the SIM file EFACMmax. ACMmax contains the maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed by the subscriber. When ACM reaches ACMmax, calls are prohibited. SIM PIN2 is required to set the value.

Set command is used to set the ACMmax value. Read command returns the current ACMmax value in Hexadecimal format. Test command returns OK.

Syntax: AT+CAMM=[<acmmax>[,<passwd>]]

Command AT+CAMM=[<acmmax>[,<passwd>]]

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CAMM?

+CAMM: <acmmax> OK

AT+CAMM=?

OK

Defined Values

<acmmax>

string type; accumulated call meter maximum value similarly coded as <ccm> under +CAOC; value zero disables ACMmax feature

<passwd>

string type; SIM PIN2

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

118

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.12 Information to in-Band-Tones Availability +XPROGRESS


This command allows enabling / disabling the display of an unsolicited result code + XPROGRESS: <cin>, <status> on DTE while a call is in progress. Set command is used to set the XPROGRESS value. Read command returns the current XPROGRESS value. Test command returns supported values.

Syntax : AT+XPROGRESS=<mode> Command AT+XPROGRESS=1

Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error>

AT+XPROGRESS?

+XPROGRESS : <mode> OK

AT+XPROGRESS=?

+XPROGRESS: (0,1) Note: i.e. list of the supported <mode>s OK

Defined values <mode>specifies whether the unsolicited result code +XPROGRESS: <cin>,<status> shall be displayed or not and may be 0 1 disable unsolicited result code +XPROGRESS enable unsolicited result code +XPROGRESS

<cin> call number indication status> indicates whether the in-band-tones are available from network and may be: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 in-band-tones are not available or no information about that is present alerting, in-band tones or TCH not yet available mobile terminated call now accepted, TCH yet available in-band tones available in-band tones not available TCH now available, mobile terminated call yet accepted TCH now available, in-band tones yet indicated to be available TCH now available, in-band tones yet indicated not to be available channel mode changed to speech channel mode changed to data channel mode changed to signalling only/data/fax.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

119

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.13 Automatic Redialing +XREDIAL


The command allows enabling of automatic redialing if the called party was busy. For this purpose the command uses the <mode> parameter in order to enable or disable this function. If the function is enabled, the MS executes after the first unsuccessful attempt to establish a voice call link a lot of further attempts; the amount of failed repeat attempts is limited by the reason of failure. If the user is busy or the destination is temporary not obtainable, 10 repeat attempts are allowed; but there are also serious circumstances which make destination permanent unreachable as unknown or changed numbers in this case only one repeat attempt is allowed (s. GSM02.07 annex A). If more then 8 failed call attempts exist, the corresponding phone number is stored in the blacklist.

This command allows the following handling Set syntax usage e.g. in order to enable/disable the function in the MS Display of unsolicited result code +XREDIAL: <message> indicating the progress of the redialing procedure. Stop the redialing procedure for the current redialing attempts

Set command is used to enable/disable/terminate automatic redialing Read command returns the current automatic redialing mode. Test command returns OK.

Syntax :AT+XREDIAL=<mode>

Command AT+XREDIAL=1

Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +XREDIAL: <mode> OK +XREDIAL: (0-2) i.e. (list of supported <mode>s) OK

AT+XREDIAL? AT+XREDIAL=?

Defined values <mode>select the working mode of the redialing function 0 1 2 disable automatic redialing, but SIMTK redialing possible enable automatic redialing (also SIMTK redialing) terminate current redialing procedure; the function automatic redialing remains active;

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

120

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<message>parameter of the unsolicited result code +XREDIAL: <message> indicating the progress of the redialing procedure with following values:

<ds> OK:

called party address (phone number); i.e. +XREDIAL: <ds>; indicating the call establishment i.e. +XREDIAL: OK;

BUSY: indicating that the called party is not reachable; the corresponding phone number was registered in the blacklist; in this case the ATC displays the code +XREDIAL: NO CARRIER;

NO CARRIER: indicating that the current redialing attempts were terminated either on user command (AT+XREDIAL=2) or because of incoming call or because of a new mobile originated call; in this displays the code +XREDIAL: NO CARRIER.

8.14 Accumulated Call Meter +CACM


This command resets the Advice of charge related accumulated call meter value in SIM file EF-ACM. ACM contains the total number of home units for both the current and preceding calls. SIM PIN2 is required to reset the value.

Set command is used to reset the ACM value. Read command returns the current ACM value in Hexadecimal format. Test command returns OK.

Syntax: AT+CACM= [<passwd>]

Command AT+CACM=0933

Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +CAMM: <acm> OK OK

AT+CACM? AT+CACM=?

Defined values <passwd> <acm>

SIM PIN2 as string type accumulated call meter value similarly coded as <ccm> under +CAOC as string type

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

121

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.15 Set Reporting Call Status +XCALLSTAT


This command allows enabling / disabling the reporting voice call status on DTE using an unsolicited result code +XCALLSTAT: <call_id><stat>. This code may be repeated so that for each call one line is displayed on DTE (e.g. one call is active and one call is waiting, or up to 6 calls are active in a multiparty session).

The unsolicited result code is sent not only for voice calls managed by the AT interface, but also for the voice calls established by another SW block e.g.MI.

Set command is used to enable/disable the XCALLSTAT. Read command returns the current XCALLSTAT value. Test command returns supported values.

Syntax : AT+XCALLSTAT=< enable> Command Execute command AT+XCALLSTAT=1 Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> Read command AT+XCALLSTAT? Test command AT+XCALLSTAT=? Defiined values <enable> may be 0 1 reporting disabled reporting enabled +XCALLSTAT: <enable> OK +XCALLSTAT: (list of supported <enable>s) OK

<call_id> indicates the call identification (GSM02.30 4.5.5.1)

<stat> 0 1 2 3 4

indicates the voice call status as follows active hold dialling (MO call) alerting (MO call; ringing for the remote party) ringing (MT call)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

122

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5 6 7

waiting (MT call) disconnected connected (indicates the completion of a call setup first time for MT and MO calls this is reported in addition to state active)

Price Per Unit and Currency Table +CPUC

8.16 Description:
This set command sets the parameters of Advise of Charge related price per unit and currency table in SIM file EF-PUCT. PUCT information can be used to convert the home units into currency units. SIM PIN2 is required to set the parameters.

Set command is used to set the price per unit. Read command returns the current currency and price per unit value. Test command returns OK.

Syntax: AT+CPUC=<currency>,<ppu>[,<passwd>]

Command AT+CPUC=<currency>,<ppu>[,<passwd>]

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CPUC?

+CPUC: <currency>,<ppu> OK

AT+CPUC=?

OK

Defined Values

<currency>

string type; three-character currency code (e.g. "GBP", "DEM"); character set as specified by command Select TE Character Set +CSCS

<ppu>

string type; price per unit; dot is used as a decimal separator (e.g. "2.66")

<passwd>

string type; SIM PIN2

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

123

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.17 Call Meter Maximum Event +CCWE

Description: This command allows the sending of an unsolicited result code +CCWV to TE, when enabled. The warning is issued approximately when 30 seconds call time remains. It is also sent when starting a call if less than 30 s call time remains. Set command is used to enable or disable sending of an unsolicited result code +CCWV to TE. Read command returns the current setting. Test command returns supported settings.

Syntax: AT+CCWE=<mode>

Command AT+CCWE=<mode>

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CCWE?

+CCWE: <mode> OK

AT+CCWE=?

+CCWE: (0,1) i.e. +CCWE: (list of supported <mode>s) OK

Defined Values

<mode> 0 1 Disable the call meter warning event Enable the call meter warning event

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

124

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.18 Supplementary Service Notifications +CSSN

Description: This command refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications. When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup, intermediate result code +CSSI: <code1> is sent before any other MO call setup result codes. When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification are received during a call, unsolicited result code +CSSU: <code2> is sent.

The set command enables/disables the presentation of notification result codes from TA to TE. Read command gives corresponding setting value of <n> and <m>. Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CSSN=<n>,<m>

Command AT+CSSN=[<n>[,<m>]]

Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +CSSN: <n>,<m> OK

AT+CSSN?

AT+CSSN=?

+CSSN: (0-2) i.e. +CSSN: (list of supported <n>s), (list of supported <m>s) OK

Defined Values

<n> 0 1

(parameter sets/shows the +CSSI result code presentation status in the TA): = = Disable Enable

<m> 0 1

(parameter sets/shows the +CSSU result code presentation status in the TA): = = Disable Enable

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

125

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<code1> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 = = = = = = = = =

(it is manufacturer specific, which of these codes are supported): unconditional call forwarding is active some of the conditional call forwardings are active call has been forwarded call is waiting this is a CUG call (also <index> present) outgoing calls are barred incoming calls are barred CLIR suppression rejected call has been deflected

<index>

refer "Closed user group +CCUG"

<code2> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = = = = = = = =

(it is manufacturer specific, which of these codes are supported): this is a forwarded call (MT call setup) this is a CUG call (also <index> present) (MT call setup) call has been put on hold (during a voice call) call has been retrieved (during a voice call) multiparty call entered (during a voice call) call on hold has been released (this is not a SS notification) (during a voice call) forward check SS message received (can be received whenever) call is being connected (alerting) with the remote party in alerting state in explicit call transfer operation (during a voice call)

call has been connected with the other remote party in explicit call transfer operation (also number and subaddress parameters may be present) (during a voice call or MT call setup)

9 10

= =

this is a deflected call (MT call setup) additional incoming call forwarded

<number>

string type phone number of format specified by <type>

<type>

type of address octet in integer format (refer GSM 04.08 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

126

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

8.19 Calling Name Presentation +CNAP


presentation of CNAP at the TE is enabled, the following unsolicited result code is displayed: +CNAP: <calling_name> [, <CNAP This command allows controlling the name identification supplementary service. When the validity>] The set command enables/disables the presentation of the calling name Read command gives corresponding setting value of <n> and <m> Test command returns values supported as a compound value

Syntax AT+CNAP = [<n>] Command AT+CNAP=[<n>] Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +CNAP: <n>,<m> OK +CNAP: (0-1) i.e. +CNAP: (list of supported <n>s) OK

AT+CNAP? AT+CNAP=?

Defined Values <n> parameter sets the result code presentation in the TA 0 1 = = disable enable

<m> parameter shows the subscriber CNAP service status in the network and may be 0 1 2 = = = CNAP not provisioned CNAP provisioned unknown

<calling_name> string type containing the calling party name <CNAP validity> may be 0 1 2 3 = = = = name presentation allowed presentation restricted name unavailable name presentation restricted

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

127

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

9
9.1

DATA COMMANDS
Select Bearer Service Type +CBST

Description: This command is used to set bearer service type to establish data call. Set command selects the bearer service <name> with date rate <speed>, and connection element <ce> to be used when data calls are originated Read command returns the current settings <name> <speed> and <ce> Test command returns values supported as a compound value

Syntax: AT+CBST=[<speed>[,<name>[,<ce>]]]

Command AT+CBST=[<speed>[,<name>[,<ce>]]]

Possible Responses OK OR CME ERROR : <error> +CBST: <speed>,<name>,<ce> OK

AT+CBST?

AT+CBST=?

+CBST: (list of supported <speed>s),(list of supported <name>s),(list of supported <ce>s) OK

AT+CBST=7,0,1 AT+CBST?

OK
Note: Bearer supported

+CBST: 7,0,1 OK

AT+CBST=?

+CBST: (0, 7, 71),(0),(0-1) OK

Defined Values

<speed> 0 = autobauding (automatic selection of the speed; this setting is possible in case of 3.1 kHz

modem and nontransparent service) 4 = 2400 bps (V.22bis)


128

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

5 6 7 12 14 15 16 17 39 43 47 48 49 50 51 68 70 71 75 79 80 81 82 83

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

2400 bps (V.26ter) 4800 bps (V.32) 9600 bps (V.32) 9600 bps (V.34) 14400 bps (V.34) 19200 bps (V.34) 28800 bps (V.34) 33600 bps (V.34) 9600 bps (V.120) 14400 bps (V.120) 19200 bps (V.120) 28800 bps (V.120) 38400 bps (V.120) 48000 bps (V.120) 56000 bps (V.120) 2400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 4800 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 9600 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 14400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 19200 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 28800 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 38400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 48000 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing) 56000 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing; this setting can be used in conjunction with

asynchronous non-transparent UDI or RDI service in order to get FTM) 84 = 64000 bps (X.31 flag stuffing; this setting can be used in conjunction with asynchronous non-

transparent UDI service in order to get FTM) 115 116 120 121 130 131 132 133 134 = = = = = = = = = 56000 bps (bit transparent) 64000 bps (bit transparent) 32000 bps (PIAFS32k) 64000 bps (PIAFS64k) 28800 bps (multimedia) 32000 bps (multimedia) 33600 bps (multimedia) 56000 bps (multimedia) 64000 bps (multimedia)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

129

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<name> 0 1 4 5 <ce> 0 1 2 3 = = = = transparent non-transparent both, transparent preferred both, non-transparent preferred = = = = data circuit asynchronous (UDI or 3.1 kHz modem) data circuit synchronous (UDI or 3.1 kHz modem) data circuit asynchronous (RDI) data circuit synchronous (RDI)

9.2

Radio Link Protocol +CRLP

Description: This command is used to change the radio link protocol (RLP) parameters used when nontransparent data-calls are originated.

Set command is used to change the radio link protocol(RLP) parameters. Read command returns the current CRLP settings. Test command returns lists of supported <iws>, <mws>,<T1>, <N2>.

Syntax: AT+CRLP=[<iws>[,<mws>[,<T1>[,<N2>]]]]

Command AT+CRLP=[<iws>[,<mws>[,<T1>[,<N2>]]]]

Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error>

AT+CRLP?

+CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2> OK

AT+CRLP=?

+CRLP: (0-61),(0-61),(39-255)(1-255) i.e. lists of supported <iws>, <mws>, <T1>, <N2> OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

130

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<iws> <mws> <T1> <N2>

IWF to MS window size MS to IWF window size Acknowledgement timer in units of 10ms Retransmission attempts

9.3

Service Reporting Control +CR

Description: This command controls whether or not intermediate result code +CR: <serv> is returned from the TA to the TE. Set command controls whether or not intermediate result code +CR: <serv> is returned from the TA to the TE. Read command returns current mode of CR. Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CR=[<mode>]

Command AT+CR=[<mode>]

Possible Responses OK Or CME ERROR: <error> +CR : <mode> OK

AT+CR ?

AT+CR=?

+CR: (list of supported <mode>s) OK

Defined Values

<mode> 0 1 = = disables reporting enables reporting

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

131

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<serv> ASYNC SYNC REL ASYNC REL SYNC GPRS [<L2P>] = = = = = asynchronous transparent synchronous transparent asynchronous non transparent synchronous non transparent GPRS The optional <L2P> proposes a layer 2 protocol to use between the MT and the TE. It is defined in the Enter GPRS Data Mode (+CGDATA) command.

9.4

Cellular Result Codes +CRC

Description: This command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call indication or GPRS network request for PDP context activation is used.

This command enables a more detailed ring indication, in case of incoming call. Instead of RING a unsolicited result code +CRING: <type> is displayed on TE..

Syntax: AT+CRC=<mode>

Command AT+CRC=<mode>

Possible Responses OK Or CME ERROR: <error> +CRC: <mode> OK

AT+CRC?

AT+CRC=?

+CRC: (list of supported <mode>s) OK

AT+CRC=0
Note: disable extended format

OK
Note: Command valid

AT+CRC?

+CRC: 0 OK

AT+CRC=?

+CRC: (0,1) OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

132

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

AT+CRC=1
Note: enables extended RING information

OK

+CRING: VOICE

Defined Values

<mode> 0 1 = = disables extended format enables extended format

<type> ASYNC [,<priority>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]] SYNC [,<priority>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]] = = asynchronous transparent synchronous transparent = = = asynchronous non-transparent synchronous non-transparent

REL ASYNC [,<priority>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]] REL SYNC [,<priority>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]] VOICE [,<priority>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]]

normal voice (TS 11) voice followed by data (BS 81) (XXX is ASYNC, SYNC, REL

VOICE/XXX [,<priority>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]] = ASYNC or REL SYNC) ALT VOICE/XXX [,<priority>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]]=

alternating voice/data, voice first (BS 61)

ALT XXX/VOICE [,<priority>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]] = alternating voice/data, data first (BS 61) GPRS <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>[, [<L2P>][,<APN>]]= GPRS network request for PDP context activation VGC <GCA>, <Gid>, <ackflag> [,<priority>] VBC <GCA>, <Gid>, <ackflag> [,<priority>] = = voice group call (TS 91) voice broadcast call (TS 92)

The optional <priority> indicates the EMLPP priority level of the incoming call by paging, notification or setup message.

<subaddr>: string type subaddress of format specified by <satype>

<satype>: type of subaddress octet in integer format

<PDP_type> ,<PDP_addr> and <APN> are as defined in the Define PDP Context (+CGDCONT) command. The optional <L2P> proposes a layer 2 protocol to use between the MT and the TE. It is defined in the Enter GPRS Data Mode (+CGDATA) command. If the MT is unable to announce to the TE the networks request (for example it is in V.250 online data state) the MT shall reject the request. No corresponding unsolicited result code shall be issued when the MT returns to a command state.
All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd 133

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<GCA> is a part of the group call reference and indicates group call area.

<Gid> is a part of the group call reference and indicates group call identification. The <ackflag>=1 proposes that a predefined confirmation procedure is to be used after the call is ended. For <ackflag>=0 no confirmation procedure is required.

9.5

Service Class Selection and Identification +FCLASS

Description: This command puts the MS into a particular mode of operation (data, fax, voice etc.).

Set command set the class type i.e. data or voice call Read command returns the current setting <class> value Test command returns values supported as a compound value

Syntax: AT+FCLASS = [<class>]

Command AT+FCLASS = [<class>]

Possible Responses OK OR CME ERROR : <error> +FCLASS: <class> OK +FCLASS: (list of supported <class>s) OK

AT+FCLASS? AT+FCLASS=?

Defined Values

<class> 0 8 = = data voice

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

134

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10 MOBILE EQUIPMENT CONTROL AND STATUS COMMANDS


10.1 Fixed DTE Rate +IPR

Description: This command specifies the data rate at which the DCE will accept commands. The full range of data rate values may be reduced dependent on HW or other criteria. Execution command sets baud rate of i/o port Read command returns the current settings of the i/o baud rate Test command returns list of supported baud rates.

Syntax: AT+IPR=<baud_rate>

Command AT+IPR=<baud_rate>

Possible Responses OK OR +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+IPR?

+IPR: <baud_rate> OK

AT+IPR=?

+IPR: (list of supported auto detectable <rate> values)[,(list of fixed only <rate> values)] OK

AT+IPR?

+IPR: 115200 OK

AT+IPR=9600
Note: Set baud-rate to 9600bps

+IPR: 9600 OK

Defined Values

<baud_rate> may be 0 meaning autobauding or 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 230400, 460800, 500000, 750000, 921600, 1843200, 3250000, 6000000 bps.

Maybe not all listed rates are available because they depend on the target.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

135

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.2 TE-TA Character Framing +ICF

Description: This command is used to determine the local serial port start-stop (asynchronous) character framing that the TA shall use.

Syntax: AT+ICF=<format>,<parity> Command AT+ICF=<format>,<parity> AT+ICF? Possible Responses OK +ICF: 3,4 OK AT+ICF=? +ICF: (1-6),(0-4) OK AT+ICF=5,1
Note: Set format to 7 data, Even parity and 1 stop bit

OK

AT+ICF?

+ICF: 5,1 OK

Defined Values <format> 1 2 3 4 5 6 = = = = = = 8 data 2 stop 8 data 1 parity 1 stop 8 data 1 stop 7 data 2 stop 7 data 1 parity 1 stop 7 data 1 stop

<parity> 0 1 2 3 4 = = = = = Odd Even Mark Space None

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

136

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.3 TE-TA Local Flow Control +IFC

Description: This command is used to control the operation of the local flow control between TE and TA.

The <DCE_by_DTE> and <DTE_by_DCE> values must be equal.

Syntax: AT+IFC=<DCE_by_DTE>,<DTE_by_DCE>

Command AT+IFC=<DCE_by_DTE>,<DT E_by_DCE> AT+IFC=?

Possible Responses OK

+IFC: (0-2),(0-2) OK

AT+IFC?

+IFC: 0,0 OK

AT+IFC=2,2
Note: Set to flow control

OK

Defined Values

<DCE_by_DTE>

Specifies the method to be used by the DTE to control the flow of received data from the module.

0 1

= =

None. (Default) XON/XOFF on transmitted data (XON/XOFF on transmit data); do not pass XON/XOFF characters to the remote modem.

Circuit 133 (Ready for Receiving).

<DTE_by_DCE>

Specifies the method to be used by the module to control the flow of transmitted data from the DTE.

0 1 2

= = =

None. (Default.) XON/XOFF on received data. CTS/RTS

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

137

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.4 Phone Activity Status +CPAS

Description: Execution command returns the activity status <pas> of the MT. Test command returns values supported by the MT as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CPAS

Command AT+CPAS

Possible Responses +CPAS: <pas> OK +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CPAS=?

+CPAS: (list of supported <pas>s) OK +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CPAS

+CPAS: 0 OK
Note: Ready for commands

Defined Values

<pas> 0 1 2 3 4 5 = = = = = = ready (ME allows commands from TA/TE) unavailable (ME does not allow commands from TA/TE) unknown (ME is not guaranteed to respond to instructions) ringing (ME is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the ringer is active) call in progress (ME is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call is in progress) asleep (ME is unable to process commands from TA/TE because it is in a low functionality state)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

138

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.5 Set Phone Functionality +CFUN


Description: This command selects the level of functionality <fun> in the MS. Only some values of<fun> are allowed (see Defined values). Syntax: AT+CFUN=[<fun>[,<rst>]]

Command AT+CFUN=[<fun>[,<rst>]]

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CFUN?

+CFUN: <fun> +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CFUN=?

+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s), (list of supported <rst>s) +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CFUN=? AT+CFUN=1
Note: Reset ME and set to full functionality

+CFUN: (0,1,4),(0) OK
Note: Command valid

AT+CFUN=1,0
Note: Set to full functionality without resetting ME

OK
Note: Command Valid

AT+CFUN?

+CFUN: 1 OK

Defined Values <fun> 0 = minimum functionality with the following status: Deregistered from network. Shutdown SIM. 1 4 = = Full functionality Mode to disable phone both transmit and receive RF circuits with the following status: Deregistered from network SIM data will be initialized if the CFUN is initially 0. Phonebook and SIM access is available. 6 = Mode to enable SIMTK and Fetching of proactive Commands.
139

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

7 8 15 16 17 18 19

= = = = = = =

Mode to disable SIMTK and enable Fetching of proactive Commands. Mode to disable Fetching of proactive Commands. Mode to perform hidden reset (this will reset MS without resetting SIM). Mode to simulate reset (this will reset MS including SIM). Mode Reset with Firmware update. Reset in charge only mode. Mode Deactivate stack.

<rst> 0 1 = = Do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun> power level Resets the ME before setting it to <fun> power level

10.6 Mute Control +CMUT


Description: This command is used to enable and disable the uplink voice muting during a voice call. Set command set the mute <n> value on/off for uplink voice Read command returns the current setting of mute <n> value Test command returns values supported as a compound value

Syntax: AT+CMUT=<n> Command AT+CMUT=<n> Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err> AT+CMUT? +CMUT: <n> OK AT+CMUT=? +CMUT: (list of supported <n>s) OK AT+CMUT=? +CMUT: (0,1) OK AT+CMUT? AT+CMUT=1
Note: mute mode is enabled

+CMUT: 0
Note: mute mode is disable

OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

140

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values <n> 0 1 = = mute off mute on

10.7 Set Real Time Clock +CCLK

Description: This command set and gets the real time clock of the module. The time-zone set acts as additional information to user.

Syntax: AT+CCLK=<time> Command AT+CCLK=<time> Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> +CCLK: <time> +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CCLK? AT+CCLK=?

Defined Values

<time> string type value; format is yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+TZ, wherein characters indicates year, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds.

TZ: Time zone information represented by two digits. The time zone information is optional; if it was entered it is always accepted, but the display of TZ for query contains this information (in updated form) only if the network supports the time zone information.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

141

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.8 Battery Charging +CBC

Description: This command returns battery status <bcs> and battery charge level <bcl> of MT.The charge level <bcl> will be also used to build and display the indicator battchg i.e. battery charge level in the response code +CIND and in the unsolicited result code +CIEV.

The following mapping of battchg to <bcl> exists: battchg <bcl> 0 < 17 % 1 < 33 % 2 < 50 % 3 < 67 % 4 < 83 % 5 >= 83 % Execution Command returns battery status <bcs> and battery charge level <bcl> of MT. Test command returns the (list of supported<bcs>s),(list of supported <bcl>s)

Syntax: AT+CBC

Command

Possible Responses OK Or CME ERROR:<error> or +CBC : (list of supported <bcs>s),(list of supported <bcl>s) OK

AT+CBC

AT+CBC=?

Defined Values

<bcs> 0 1 2 3

Battery Charge Staus = = = = MT is powered by the battery MT has a battery connected, but is not powered by it MT does not have a battery connected Recognized power fault, calls inhibited

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

142

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<bcs>

Battery Charge Level battery is exhausted or MT does not have a battery connected battery has 1-100 percent remaining

0 = 1100 =

10.9 Indicator Control +CIND

Description: This command sets the supported MT indicators <ind>. Note: When value=0, indicator is off.

Syntax: AT+CIND=[<ind>[,<ind>]]

Command AT+CIND=[<ind>[,<ind>]] AT+CIND?

Possible Responses +CME ERROR: <err> +CIND: <ind>,<ind> +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CIND=?

+CIND: (<descr>,(list of supported <ind>s)) [,(<descr>,(list of supported <ind>s))[,...]] +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CIND=?

+CIND: ("signal", (0-5)), ("smsfull", (0-1)) OK

AT+CIND?

+CIND: 0,0 OK

AT+CIND=1,1

OK

Defined Values

<ind>

Integer Type value with range corresponding to <descr>

<descr> Supported Indication types signal smsfull = = Signal Quality. <ind> range (0 5). Short Message storage is full. <ind> range (0-1) 0 1 = = Short Message storage memory locations are available Short Message storage has become full

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

143

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.10 Configuration Trace and Modem (AT) interfaces +XSIO


This command allows the configuration of the modem-interface (AT), trace-interface, IrDA interface and MUXinterface by setting the variant number. Set command allows the configuration of the modem-interface (AT), trace-interface, IrDA interface and MUX-interface by setting the variant number. The set variant number becomes active only after a reset Read command allows seeing which is the current variant and which is the requested variant. A star marks the active variant. Test command returns the possible and customizable variants.

Syntax : AT+XSIO= <requested>

Command +XSIO=<requested>

Possible Responses OK Or +CME ERROR: <err>

+XSIO?

+XSIO: <requested>,*<active> OK

+XSIO=?

+XSIO: Variant=<requested>: [AT=<AT-interface>;] [Trace=<Trace-interface> ;] [MUX=<MUX-interface> ;] [IrDA=<IrDA-interface>] <CR><LF>+XSIO: Variant=<requested>: [AT=<AT-interface>;] [Trace=<Trace-interface> ;] [MUX=<MUX-interface> ;] [IrDA=<IrDA-interface>] ............... (more display rows are possible) OK

Defined values <requested> <active> <AT-interface> <Trace> <MUX> <IrDA> requested variant, which may be in range 0-255 currently active variant, which may be in range 0-255 NULL, UART0, , UARTn NULL, UART0, , UARTn 1-x NULL, UART0, , UARTn

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

144

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.11 Switch Trace ON/OFF +TRACE


This command controls the trace; it allows selecting the trace mode, method and the trace data transfer rate. Set command switches the trace on or off. It allows the trace mode, method and the trace data transfer rate. Read command allows seeing the current set mode value along with the speed, i.e. data transfer rate. It also allows knowing which traceable unit is on or off. Test command returns all the possible values of mode, data transfer rate, traceable unit, their mode and power saving countdown.

Syntax:AT+TRACE=*<mode>+,*<speed>+,*<unit>=<umode>+,*<method>+,*PowerSavingCountdown+ Command +TRACE=*<mode>+,*<speed>+,*<u nit>=<umode>+, *<method>+,*PowerSavingCount down] +TRACE? +TRACE:<mode>,<speed>, <unit>=<umode> ;..;<unit>=<umode> ,<method>,<PowerSavingCountdown> OK +TRACE=? +TRACE: [list of supported <mode>s],[list of supported <speed>s+,*list of supported <unit>=<umode>s+,*list of supported <method>s+,list of supported [PowerSavingCountdown] values. Possible Responses +CSIM: <length>,<response> OK +CME ERROR: <err>

Defined values <mode> may be 0 1 128 switch trace off switch trace on (all kinds of traces are switched on) This value can not be entered, it is only displayed via read syntax if trace configuration is done by unit definitions the last time. See <umode> & <unit> for trace configuration;

<speed> 115200 bps 230400 bps 460800 bps 921600 bps

trace data transfer rate which may be

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

145

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

1843200 bps 3250000 bps 6000000 bps Maybe not all listed rates are available because they depend on the target.

<unit>=<umode> <unit> St Pf Bt Ap Db Lt Li Ga indicates a traceable unit as follows: stack printf Bluetooth apoxi debug LLT (Low Level Trace) LwIP (Lightweight TCP/IP Stack) GATE (3rd Party Software Decoding with a Windows DLL)

<umode> 0 1

defines whether the unit related trace is on or off and can have the values: unit-trace off unit-trace on

<method> sting type indicating the trace method with possible values: BTM byte stuffing trace method EBTM extended byte stuffing trace method

<PowerSavingCountdown>integer value indicating the power saving countdown value in units of milliseconds. The maximum valid value is 30000.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

146

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.12 Generic SIM access +CSIM

Description: This command allows direct control of the SIM by an application on TE. It transmits the <command> to SIM through MT. The subsequent <response> is returned by the SIM to MT.

The user shall then take care of processing SIM information within the frame specified by GSM as specified in GSM 11.11 (or 3GPP TS 51.011) Note: This command allows for more SIM- MT interface control as compared to +CRSM command. A special <command> value is required to lock and unlock the interface or automatically by TA/MT (which interprets the <command> parameter>. If TE application does not unblock code within a certain time-out period, MT may release the locking. Syntax: AT+CSIM=<length>,<command>

Command AT+CSIM=<length>,<comm and>

Possible Responses +CSIM: <length>,<response> OK +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CSIM= ?

OK

Defined values:

<length> Integer type. Length of characters sent to TE in <command> or <response> (twice the actual length of command or response)

<command>

command passed on by MT to SIM in hex format

<response>

Response returned from SIM to MT in hexadecimal character format (refer to +CSCS). Format of command as described in GSM 51.011.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

147

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.13 Display Generation and SW Version +XGENDATA


This command requests the software version and generation data.

Syntax: AT+XGENDATA Command +XGENDATA Possible Responses +XGENDATA: <Short>*<Customer>*<Driver> <CR><LF> <Stack>*<L1> OK or CME ERROR: <error>

Defined values <Short> Includes the short software version with date and time <Customer> <Driver> Customer software version Driver software version

<Stack> Full Stack version <L1> L1-FW Software Version

10.14 Enter PIN +CPIN2


This command sends a password to the MT which is required to access FDN phonebook for verification of SIM PIN2. Set command sends a password to the MT which is necessary before it can be operated(SIM PIN2, SIM PUK2, etc.). Read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether some password is required or not. Test command returns OK.

Syntax: AT+CPIN2= <puk2/oldpin2> [, <newpin2>] and AT+CPIN2= <oldpin2> Command +CPIN2=<puk2/oldpin2>[,<ne wpin2>] READ +CPIN2? TEST +CPIN2=? Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err> +CPIN: <code> OK +CME ERROR: <err> OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

148

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined values

<puk2/pin2>, <newpin2> string type values <code> READY SIM PIN2 values when queried using READ command: MT is not pending for any password MT is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given (this <code> is recommended to be returned only when the last executed command resulted in PIN2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 17); if PIN2 is not entered right after the failure, it is recommended that MT does not block its operation) SIM PUK2 MT is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given (this <code> is recommended to be returned only when the last executed command resulted in PUK2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 18); if PUK2 and new PIN2 are not entered right after the failure, it is recommended that MT does not block its operation)

10.15 Restricted SIM Access +CRSM


Description: This command allows an easy access to the SIM database. By using this command instead of Generic SIM Access +CSIM DTE application has easier but more limited access to the SIM database

Set Command allows an easy access to the SIM database. MS handles internally all SIM-MS interface locking and file selection routines. As response to the command, MS sends the actual SIM information parameters and response data. MS error result code +CME ERROR may be returned when the command cannot be passed to the SIM, but failure in the execution of the command in the SIM is reported in <sw1> and <sw2> paramete rs.

Test command returns OK string.

Syntax: AT+CRSM=<command>[,<fileid>[,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>[,<data>[,<pathid>]]]] Command AT+CRSM=176,28471,0,0,3 Note: read ACMmax AT+CRSM=176,28423,0,0,9 Note: read IMSI AT+CRSM=178,28473,0,4,3 Possible Responses +CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>] OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

149

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Note: read ACM AT+CRSM=176,28481,0,0,5 Note : read PUKT AT+CRSM= ? OK

Defined Values

<command> 176 178 192 214 220 242

Command passed on by the MT to the SIM; refer GSM 51.011 = = = = = = READ BINARY READ RECORD GET RESPONSE UPDATE BINARY UPDATE RECORD STATUS

<fileid>

Integer type; this is the identifier of a elementary data file on SIM. This parameter is required to be set for every <command> except for STATUS.

28471 = meaning ACMmax file (6F37) 28423 = meaning IMSI file (6F07) 28473 = meaning ACM file (6F39) 28481 = meaning PUKT file (6F41) 28482 = meaning SMS file (6F42) <P1>, <P2>, <P3> integer type defining the request. These parameters are mandatory for every command, except GET RESPONSE and STATUS. The values are described in GSM 51.011.

<data>

Information which shall be written to the SIM (hexadecimal character format; refer +CSCS string containing hexadecimal characters -) Integer type indicating information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command. These parameters are delivered to the TE on successful or failed execution of the command.

<sw1>, <sw2>

integer type containing the SIM information and can be: 0x90 0x00 normal entry of the command 0x9F 0xXX length XX of the response data 0x92 0x0X update successful but after using an internal retry routine X times 0x92 0x40 memory problem 0x94 0x00 no EF selected 0x94 0x02 out of range (invalid address) 0x94 0x04 file ID not found; pattern not found 0x94 0x08 file is inconsistent with the command
All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd 150

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

0x98 0x02 0x98 0x04 0x98 0x08 0x98 0x10 0x98 0x40 0x98 0x50 0x67 0xXX 0x6B 0xXX 0x6D 0xXX 0x6E 0xXX 0x6F 0xXX <response>

no CHV initialized access cond. Not fullfiled / unsucc. CHV verify / authent.failed in contradiction with CHV status in contradiction with invalidation status unsucc. CHV-verif. Or UNBLOCK CHF / CHV blocked /UNBL.blocked increase can not be performed. Max. value reached incorrect parameter P3 incorrect parameter P1 or P2 unknown instruction code given in the command wrong instruction class given in the command technical problem with no diagnostic given Response of a successful completion of the command previously issued in exadecimal character format defined by +CSCS. string containing hexadecimal characters -).

STATUS and GET RESPONSE return data, which gives information about the current elementary datafield. This information includes the type of file and its size (refer GSM 51.011 [28]). After READ BINARY or READ RECORD command the requested data will be returned. <response> is not returned after a successful UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command. <pathid> string type; contains the path of an elementary file on the SIM/USIM in hexadecimal format as defined in ETSI TS 102 221 *60+ (e.g. 7F205F70 in SIM and USIM case).

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

151

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.16 Automatic Time Zone Update +CTZU


Description: This command enables/disables (on/off) the automatic update of the time zone via NITZ. Execution command enables/disables the automatic update of the time zone. Read command returns the state of the automatic update (enable/disable) (on/off). Test command returns list of the supported (on/off)s.

Syntax: AT+CTZU=<on off> Command AT+CTZU=<on off> Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err> AT+CTZU? +CTZU: <on off> OK AT+CTZU=? +CTZU: (list of supported <onoff>s) OK AT+CTZU=? +CTZU: (0,1) OK AT+CTZU? +CTZU: 0 OK AT+CTZU=1 Defined Values OK

<on off> 0 1 = = Disable automatic time zone update via NITZ (default). Enable automatic time zone update via NITZ

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

152

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.17 Time Zone Reporting +CTZR

Description: This command enables/disables the time zone change event and Daylight saving time reporting. Execution command enables/disables the time zone change event and daylight saving timereporting. Read command returns the status of the time zone change event reporting (enable/disable) (on/off). Test command returns list of the supported (on/off)s.

If the reporting is enabled, the MT returns the URC +CTZV: <tz>,<time> , +CTZST: <dst> whenever the time zone is changed. Syntax: AT+CTZR=<on/off>

Command AT+CTZR=<on/off>

Possible Responses OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

AT+CTZR?

+CTZR: <on/off> OK

AT+CTZR=?

+CTZR: (list of supported <onoff>s) OK

AT+CTZR=?

+CTZR: (0,1) OK

AT+CTZR?

+CTZR: 0 OK

AT+CTZR=1

OK

Defined Values

<on/off> 0 1 = = disable time zone change event reporting and URC +XNITZINFO (default) enable time zone change event reporting and URC +XNITZINFO.

<tz> <time>

integer value indicating the time zone. string type value; format is yy/MM/dd,hh:mms, wherein characters indicates year, month,

day, hour, minutes, seconds.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

153

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<dst> 0 1 2 = = =

daylight savings time value: No adjustment for Daylight Saving Time +1 hour adjustment for Daylight Saving Time +2 hours adjustment for Daylight Saving Time

10.18 List All Available AT Commands +CLAC


This execution command causes the MS to return one or more lines of AT commands that are available for the DTE user. Each line contains one AT command. The presentation of commands respects the order in the ATmanual.

Syntax: AT+CLAC

Command +CLAC

Possible Responses <AT command 1>[<CR><LF><AT command 2>*++ OK OR CME ERROR: <error>

Defined values <AT command> defines the AT command including the prefix AT.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

154

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.19 Configure LwIP Tracing Module +SETLITRACE


The command allow to configure LwIP tracing module Set command is used to configure LwIP tracing module. Test command returns the command description and list of configurations.

Syntax: AT+SETLITRACE=<trc_lvl>,<mod_trc_cfg>,<data_lvl>

Command AT+SETLITRACE==<trc_lvl>, <mod_trc_cfg>,<data _lvl> AT+SETLITRACE =?

Possible Responses OK Or +cmee: error +SETLITRACE: command description, <range of trc_lvl>, <list of configuration>,<range of data_lvl> OK

Defined values <trc_level> Prioritization Level 0 1 2 All messages outputted Warnings and serious messages outputted Only serious messages outputted

<mod_trc_config> Configuration to enable/disable LwIP sub-modules. Hexadecimal input. If more than one module is required to be enabled, then corresponding values should be hexa-Ored and given as input. IPRAW messages TCP messages IP messages UDP messages Sockets messages Memory pool messages Memp pool messages Pbuf messages API lib Messages API msg messages PPP messages 4000000 2000000 1000000 800000 400000 200000 80000000 40000000 20000000 10000000 8000000

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

155

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

netif messages WLAN interface messages 80000 DNS messages TCPIP messages Etharp messages DHCP messages ICMP messages LL Raw messages LL Addr messages All messages

100000

40000 20000 10000 8000 4000 2000 1000 FFFFFFFF

<data_level> Ethereal data tracing levels ( 0-2) 0 1 2 No ethereal header or data Only IP+TCP/UDP Header in ethereal Complete IP datagram in ethereal

10.20 Open Logical Channel +CCHO


This command causes the MT to return session id to allow the TE to identify a channel that is being allocated by the UICC, which is attached to ME. The UICC will open a new logical channel; select the application identified by the <dfname> received with this command and return a session Id as the response. The ME shall restrict the communication between the TE and the UICC to this logical channel.

Syntax : AT+CCHO=<dfname> Command AT+CCHO=<dfname> Possible Responses <session_id> OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

Defined values

<dfname>

all selectable applications in the UICC are referenced by a DF name coded on 1 to 16 bytes

<sessionid>

A session Id to be used in order to target a specific application on the smart card using logical channels mechanism (string without double quotes that represents a decimal value)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

156

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.21 Close Logical Channel +CCHC


This command asks the ME to close a communication session with the UICC. The ME shall close the previously opened logical channel. The TE will no longer be able to send commands on this logical channel. Execution Command helps to close a logical channel.

Syntax: AT+CCHC=<session_id> Command AT+CCHC=< session_id > Possible Responses OK

Defined values <sessionid> A session Id to be used in order to target a specific application on the smart card using logical channels mechanism (string without double quotes that represents a decimal value)

10.22 Restricted UICC Logical Channel Access +CRLA


By using this command instead of Generic UICC Access +CGLA TE application has easier but more limited access to the UICC database. Set command transmits to the MT the UICC <command> and its required parameters. MT handles internally all UICC-MT interface locking and file selection routines. As response to the command, MT sends the actual UICC information parameters and response data. MT error result code +CME ERROR may be returned when the command cannot be passed to the UICC, but failure in the execution of the command in the UICC is reported in <sw1> and <sw2> parameters.

Syntax: AT+CRLA=<sessionid>,<command>[,<file id>[,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>[,<data>[,<pathid>]]]] Command AT+CRLA=<sessionid>,<command>[,<fil e id> [,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>[,<data>[,<pathid>]]]] Defined values <sessionid> integer type; this is the identifier of the session to be used in order to send the APDU commands to the UICC. It is mandatory in order to send commands to the UICC when targeting applications on the smart card using a logical channel other than the default channel (channel 0). Possible Responses +CRLA: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>] OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

157

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<command> (command passed on by the MT to the UICC; refer 3GPP TS 31.101 [65]): 176 178 192 214 220 242 203 219 READ BINARY READ RECORD GET RESPONSE UPDATE BINARY UPDATE RECORD STATUS RETRIEVE DATA SET DATA

All other values are reserved

10.23 Generic UICC Logical Channel Access +CGLA


This command allows a direct control of the UICC by a distant application on the TE. The TE shall then take care of processing UICC information within the frame specified by GSM/UMTS. Execution Command transmits to the MT the <command> it then shall send as it is to the UICC

Syntax: AT+CGLA=<sessionid>, <length>, <command> Command AT+CGLA=<sessionid>,<length>, <command> Possible Responses +CGLA: <length>,<response> OK or +CME ERROR: <err>

Defined values <sessionid> integer type; this is the identifier of the session to be used in order to send the APDU commands to the UICC. It is manadatory in order to send commands to the UICC when targeting applications on the smart card using a logical channel other than the default channel (channel 0). <length> integer type; length of the characters that are sent to TE in <command> or <response> (two times the actual length of the command or response).

<command> command passed on by the MT to the UICC in the format as described in 3GPP TS 31.101 [65] (hexadecimal character format; refer +CSCS).

<response> response to the command passed on by the UICC to the MT in the format as described in 3GPP TS 31.101 [65] (hexadecimal character format; refer +CSCS).
All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd 158

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.24 Configure the Data Channel + XDATACHANNEL


This command configures the channel over which CSD or GPRS data shall be routed. The data is default routed on the channel where the connection is established. Set Command configures the channel over which CSD or GPRS data shall be routed. Test command returns the list of modes supported.

Syntax: AT+XDATACHANNEL=<mode>,<csd_gprs_flag>,<ctrl-tid-path>,<tid-path>[,<connect_flag>]

Command AT+XDATACHANNEL=<mode>,< csd_gprs_ flag>,<ctrl-tidpath>,<tidpath>[,< connect_flag>] AT+XDATACHANNEL=?

Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error>

+XDATACHANNEL: (list of <mode>s), (list of <csd_gprs_flag>s), (list of <connect_flag>s) OK

Defined values <tid-path> terminal to which a data call shall be routed, string format.

<ctrl-tid-path>

terminal for which the data routing mechanism shall be enabled, string format.

<mode> can be 1 0 2 enable the routing disable the routing query current setting for the channel where the command is executed

<mode>,<csd_gprs_flag>,<ctrl-tid>

<mode><tid>,<connect_flag>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

159

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<csd_gprs_flag> is 0 1 configure the channel for a CSD connection configure the channel for a GRPS connection

<connect_flag> is 0 1 No Reporting on the data channel (neither CONNECT nor NO CARRIER) Reporting on the data channel enabled (= CONNECT and NO CARRIER)

10.25 Customer Service Profile +XCSP

This command reads the customer service profile (CSP) from the SIM. The CSP indicates the services that are user accessible. Set Command reads the customer service profile (CSP) from the SIM. Test command returns the list of supported service groups.

Syntax: AT+XCSP[=<service group>] Command AT+XCSP[=<service group>] or AT+XCSP Possible Responses +XCSP: <service_group>,<services> <CR><LF> +XCSP: 06,10000000 e.g. +XCSP: <service_group>,<services> OK or CME ERROR: <error> +XCSP: <service_group>,<services> OK AT+XCSP=? +XCSP: (1-9,c0,d5) i.e. (list of supported <service group>s) OK Defined values <service group> service group (1-9, c0, d5) <services> services of one service group in bit-format beginning with the most significant bit of the service byte.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

160

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.26 Set CTM Working Mode +XCTMS


This command allows to set the TTY/CTM behavior. The selected setting is stored also in NVRAM and remains valid also after switch off the mobile Set Command is used to set the TTY/CTM behaviour. Read command returns the mode selected. Test command returns the list of supported <mode>s.

Syntax : AT+XCTMS= <mode>

Command AT+XCTMS= <mode>

Possible Responses OK Or CME ERROR +XCTMS: <mode> OK +XCTMS: (list of supported <mode>s) OK

AT+XCTMS? AT+XCTMS=?

Defined values <mode> indicates the working mode in relation to TTY/CTM and may be: 0 1 2 3 CTM off CTM on VCO mode HCO mode

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

161

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.27 Configure the Mode of HSDPA/HSUPA +XHSDUPA


This command configures the mode of HSDPA and HSUPA (by changing the appropriate dynamic NVRAM parameter) Set Command is used to configure the mode of HSDPA and HSUPA. Read command returns the HSDPA mode and HSUPA mode. Test command returns (<list of supported HSDPA-modes>),(<list of supported HSUPA-modes).

Syntax : AT+XHSDUPA=<HSDPA-mode>,<HSDPA-cat>[,<HSUPA-mode>,<HSUPA-cat] Command AT+XHSDUPA= 1,6,1,1 Possible Responses OK Or CME ERROR AT+XHSDUPA? +XHSDUPA: 1,6,1,1 OK OK AT+XHSDUPA=? +XHSDUPA: (<list of supported HSDPA-modes>),(<list of supported HSDPA-cats), (<list of supported HSUPAmodes>),(< list of supported HSUPA-cats) OK

Defined values

<HSDPA-mode> 0 1 HSDPA OFF HSDPA ON

<HSDPA-cat> may be 6, 8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 13-18 are only supported in RELEASE 7 and higher

<HSUPA-mode> 0 1 HSUPA OFF HSUPA ON

<HSUPA-cat> may be 1, 2, 4, 6, 7 is only supported in RELEASE 7 and higher! (Available with release DFS24.10.00).

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

162

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.28 Trigger Fast Dormancy +XFDOR


This command triggers fast dormancy if all conditions are passed successful it will be send towards the network (SCRI). There will be no confirmation if the request was executed or not as in the last extend the full execution belongs to the network. Set Command is used to trigger dormancy if all conditions are passed successful, it will then send towards the network. Test command returns OK string along with the mode.

Syntax: AT+XFDOR=<mode> Command Set Command: AT+XFDOR=1 Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> Test Command AT+XFDOR=? +XFDOR: (1) OK

Defined values <mode> is indicate Fast Dormancy to modem

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

163

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.29 Set Fast Dormancy Timer +XFDORT


This command sets the timer used for fast dormancy inhibit timer in NAS/UAS to adapt to network operator requirements. The timer is used to avoid repeated transmission of SCRI requests towards the network. Set Command is used to set timer used for fast dormancy inhibit timer in NAS/UAS to adapt to network operator requirements. Read command returns the timer value. Test command returns the range of <timer_value>s.

Syntax: AT+XFDORT= <timer_value> Command AT+XFDORT=<timer_value> Possible Responses OK Or CME ERROR

AT+XFDORT?

+XCTMS: <mode> OK

AT+XFDORT=?

+XFDORT: (0-120) OK

Defined values 0 1 2 3 CTM off CTM on VCO mode HCO mode

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

164

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.30 UICC Application Discovery +CUAD


This command asks the MT to discover what applications are available for selection on the UICC. According to TS, the ME shall access and read the EFDIR file in the UICC and return the values that are stored in its records.

Syntax: AT+CUAD Command Execution Command: AT+CUAD Possible Responses +CUAD:<response> OK Or CME ERROR AT+CUAD=? OK

Defined values <response> string type in hexadecimal character format. The response is the content of the EF DIR

10.31 Display SIM and Phonelock Status +XSIMSTATE


This command enables or disables sending of the unsolicited result codes +XSIM and +XLOCK. The result codes are sent out whenever one of the states is changed or lock verification has been performed. Set Command enables or disables sending of the unsolicited result codes +XSIM and +XLOCK. Read command returns the status of the mode selected. Test command returns the list of supported<mode>s.

Syntax : AT+XSIMSTATE=<mode> Unsolicited Response Code +XSIM: <SIM state> +XLOCK: *<fac>,<Lock state>,<Lock result>, , <fac>,<Lock state>,<Lock result>+

Command Set Command: AT+XSIMSTATE=1

Possible Responses +XSIM: <SIM state><CR><LF> +XLOCK: *+<CR><LF> OK or CME ERROR: <error>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

165

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Read command AT+XSIMSTATE? Test Command AT+XSIMSTATE=?

+XSIMSTATE: <mode> OK +XSIMSTATE: (0,1) i.e. (list of supported <mode>s) OK

Defined values <mode>parameter sets the result code presentation in the TA: 0 1 disable enable

10.32 Rx Diversity +XRXDIV


This command is used to allow external control of the Rx Diversity feature during runtime. A supporting parameter can also be changed. The feature can be enabled or disabled during operation, and one classmark field may be changed. Readback of the feature enable and the classmark field is also provided.

This command will allow the AP to enable or disable the feature:

<RxDivEnbl> = enabled or disabled

This enable is used primarily by Layer 1 (L1U/3G, L1G/2G), and is applied under different circumstances when changed. For 3G, the enable setting is changes at the next DCH setup.

For 2G, the enables setting is changes when the UE registers with the network (LocUp/Attach).

There is a default copy of the enable stored in non-volatile memory. This enable may only be changed via Phonetool. It is intended that this default feature enable will be setup once, during production. The default setting will be selectable by the customer.

At powerup, the non-volatile copy is read and used to control the feature by L1U and L1G.

When the enable setting is changed using the XRXDIV command, the new setting will override the initial version, until the next power cycle. The non-volatile copy will not be changed.

The command will also allow the <DARP> field (darp_caps field in the T_CLASSMARK_3 structure) to be set to one of these values:
All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

166

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

DARP_NOT_SUPPORTED DARP_PHASE_1 DARP_PHASE_2_TRAFFIC_ONLY DARP_PHASE_2_ALWAYS_ON

There is a non-volatile version of the <DARP> setting. This value is preset at production, and can only be changed via Phonetool.

The default non-volatile DARP setting at production will be DARP_PHASE_2_ALWAYS_ON.

At powerup, the non-volatile <DARP> setting is used. When the field is changed using the XRXDIV command, the new <DARP> value will be override the powerup version, until the next power cycle. The new selection for <DARP> will not change the non-volatile default.

Baseband notes The command in this section is available only if FEAT_STATIC_RXDIV is defined (build). Set Command is used to allow external control of the Rx Diversity feature during runtime. Read Command displays if the feature is enabled or disabled. Test command returns the list of supported (<cmd_type>, <DARP>)

Syntax: AT+XRXDIV=<cmd_type> [,<DARP>] Command AT+XRXDIV=<cmd_type> [,<DARP>] to disable the feature, enter: AT+XRXDIV=0 to enable the feature, enter: AT+XRXDIV=1,<DARP> Read command AT+XRXDIV? +XRXDIV: <RxDivEnblRd>, <DARPrd> OK Test command AT+XRXDIV=? +XRXDIV: (0-1)[,(2-3)] OK Possible Responses OK or ERROR

Defined values <cmd_type> Enumeration for this command

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

167

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

0 1

disable the Rx Diversity feature (both 2G and 3G) enable the Rx Diversity feature (both 2G and 3G), and select the <DARP> field

The feature enable selected here is volatile, and will persist until a power cycle. Format: x

<DARP> Optional parameter to set the DARP field In the set command, this parameter is only used when <cmd_type> = 1 2 3 DARP_PHASE_2_TRAFFIC_ONLY DARP_PHASE_2_ALWAYS_ON

This parameter will be used until the next power cycle. Format: x

<RxDivEnblRd> Readback of the current feature enable in use At powerup, the feature enable stored in NVM is restored. During operation, the <RxDivEnbl> can be changed via this command, and this selection will persist until a power cycle or subsequent command update. 0 1 Rx Diversity feature is disabled Rx Diversity feature is enabled

Format: x

<DARPrd> Readback from the OM of the current DARP field value At powerup, the DARP value stored in NVM is restored. During operation, the <DARP> can be changed via the XRXDIV set command, and this volatile update will be in effect until a power cycle or another command update. The value currently in use can be: 0 2 3 DARP_NOT_SUPPORTED (when feature is disabled) DARP_PHASE_2_TRAFFIC_ONLY DARP_PHASE_2_ALWAYS_ON

When the Rx Diversity feature is disabled, the volatile <DARP> will be returned to DARP_NOT_SUPPORTED.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

168

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

10.33 Checks for UICC Card +XUICC


This command is used to check whether the current SIM is a 2G or 3G sim.

Syntax: AT+XUICC? Command AT+XUICC? Possible Responses + XUICC:<state> OK

Defined values 0 1 2G SIM 3G SIM

10.34 Get remaining SIM PIN attempts +XPINCNT


This command reads the remaining attempts for SIM PIN, SIM PIN2, SIM PUK and SIM PUK2. Set command allows reading the remaining attempts for SIM PIN, SIM PIN2, SIM PUK and SIM PUK2. Read command is not supported. Test command returns OK.

Syntax: AT+XPINCNT +XPINCNT action command syntax Command AT+XPINCNT Possible Responses +XPINCNT: <PIN attempts>, <PIN2 attempts>, <PUK attempts>, <PUK2 attempts> OK or CME ERROR: <error> AT+XPINCNT=? OK

AT+XPINCNT

+XPINCNT: <PIN attempts>, <PIN2 attempts>, <PUK attempts>, <PUK2 attempts> OK or CME ERROR: <error>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

169

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined values: The result parameters are integer values. <PIN attempts> <PIN2 attempts> <PUK attempts> <PUK2 attempts> number of remaining attempts to enter PIN (default 3) number of remaining attempts to enter PIN2 (default 3) number of remaining attempts to enter PUK (default 10) number of remaining attempts to enter PUK2 (default 10)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

170

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

11 MOBILE EQUIPMENT ERRORS 11.1 Report Mobile Equipment Error +CMEE


Description: This command disables or enables the use of result code +CME ERROR: <err> as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the MT. Set command disables or enables the use of result code +CME ERROR: <err> as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the MT. Read command returns the status of the result code values, whether enabled or disabled. Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CMEE=[<n>] Command AT+CMEE=[<n>] AT+CMEE? Possible Responses OK +CMEE: <n> OK AT+CMEE=? +CMEE: (list of supported <n>s) OK AT+CMEE=? +CMEE: (0-2) OK AT+CMEE=1
Note: enable +CME ERROR result code

OK
Note: command valid

AT+CPIN?
Note: ask for status of SIM card

+CME ERROR: 10 OK
Note: SIM card not detected

AT+CMEE=0
Note: disable +CME ERROR result code

OK

AT+CPIN?

ERROR OK

AT+CMEE=2 AT+CPIN?

OK +CME ERROR: SIM not inserted OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

171

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<n> 0 1 = = disable +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use ERROR instead enable +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use numeric <err> values (refer next subclause) 2 = enable +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use verbose <err> values (refer next subclause)

11.2 Mobile Equipment Error Result Code +CME ERROR


Description: The operation of +CME ERROR: <err> result code is similar to the regular ERROR result code: if +CME ERROR: <err> is the result code for any of the commands in a command line, none of the following commands in the same command line is executed (neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned as a result of a completed command line execution). The format of <err> can be either numeric or verbose. This is set with command +CMEE.

<err> values (numeric format followed by verbose format)

11.2.1 General Errors


Refer APPENDIX A for general errors.

11.2.2 GPRS- Related Errors 11.2.2.1 Errors Related to a Failure to Perform an Attach
Numeric Text 103 Illegal MS 106 Illegal ME 107 GPRS services not allowed 111 PLMN Not allowed 112 Location area not allowed 113 Roaming not allowed in this location area

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

172

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

11.2.2.2 Errors Related to a Failure to Activate a Context


Numeric Text 132 Service option not supported 133 Requested service option not subscribed 134 Service option temporarily out of order 149 PDP authentication failure

11.2.2.3 Other GPRS Errors


Numeric Text valid Mobile Class specified GPRS error Other values in the range 101 150 are reserved for use by GPRS

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

173

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

12 GENERIC TA CONTROL COMMANDS V25


12.1 Reset to Default Configuration Z
Description: This command resets the parameters of all AT-commands (also FAX-related). The values related to parameters contained in a user profile will be taken from the corresponding NVRAM-profile, indicated by the <value>.

Execution command is used to resets the parameters of all AT-commands

Syntax: ATZ <Value> Command ATZ <Value> Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error>

Defined values <Value> indicates NVRAM profile; possible values 0-1.

12.2 Save Configuration &W

Description: This command writes the active configuration into a non-volatile memory. The savable values are currently not implemented.

Note: List of savable parameter can be found on appendix B Syntax: AT&W

Command AT&W

Possible Responses OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

174

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

12.3 Restore Default Factory Settings &F

Description: This command is used to restore the factory settings being set by iWOW.

Syntax: AT&F

Command AT&F

Possible Responses OK

12.4 Command Echo Mode E


Description: This command controls whether or not the C-AT echoes characters received from the DTE during command state.

Syntax: ATE[<value>] Command ATE1 Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error>

Defined Values <value> 0 1 = = echo off echo on

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

175

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

12.5 Result Code Suppression Q


Description: This command determines whether or not the DCE transmits result codes to the DTE. When result codes are being suppressed, no portion of any intermediate, final, or unsolicited result code header, result text, line terminator, or trailer is transmitted. Information text transmitted in response to commands is not affected by the setting of this parameter.

Syntax: ATQ[<value>] Command ATQ1 Possible Responses OK

Defined Values 0 1 = = DCE transmits result codes Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

176

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

12.6 Response Format V

Description: This command allows to control the contents of the header and trailer transmitted with result codes and information responses. It also determines whether result codes are transmitted in a numeric form or a alphabetic (or verbose) form. The text portion of information responses is not affected by this setting.

The effect of V setting on response formats is described below

in case of information responses the format is: for V0: <text><CR><LF> for V1: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF>

in case of result codes the format is: for V0: <numeric code><CR> for V1: <CR><LF><verbose code><CR><LF>

Syntax: ATV[<value>]

Command ATV0

Possible Responses 0 or 4

ATV1

OK or CME ERROR: <error>

Defined Values

<value> 0 1 = = DCE transmits limited headers and trailers and numeric text DCE transmits full headers and trailers and verbose response text (default)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

177

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

12.7 Result Code Selection and Call Progress Monitoring Control X

Description: This command determines whether or not the DCE transmits particular result codes to the DTE. It also controls whether or not the DCE verifies the presence of dial tone when it first goes off-hook to begin dialling and whether or not engaged tone (busy signal) detection is enabled.

Syntax ATX[<value>] Command ATX<value> Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> ATX1 OK CONNECT 9600
Note: Connected speed is displayed on entering online data state

Defined Values

<value> 0 = CONNECT result code is given upon entering online data state. Dial tone and busy detection are disabled. 1 = CONNECT <text> result code is given upon entering online data state. Dial tone and busy detection are disabled. 2 = CONNECT <text> result code is given upon entering online data state. Dial tone detection is enabled, and busy detection is disabled. 3 = CONNECT <text> result code is given upon entering online data state. Dial tone detection is disabled, and busy detection is enabled. 4 = CONNECT <text> result code is given upon entering online data state. Dial tone and busy detection are both enabled.

Note: <text> indicates the connected speed

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

178

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

12.8 Multiplexing Mode +CMUX

Description : This command enables the multiplexing protocol control channel as defined in GSM07.10. The AT command sets parameters for the Control Channel. If parameters are left out the default values are used. If no autobauding is supported, a customer related interface speed is pre selected. The final response code OK or CME ERROR: <err> is returned using the old interface speed; the parameters become active only after sending OK. Set Command enables the multiplexing protocol control channel. Read Command returns the current mode and the settings. Test command returns the list of supported values for the parameters. Syntax: AT+CMUX=<mode>[,<subset>[,<port_speed>[,<N1>[,<T1>[,<N2>[,<T2>[,<T3>[,<k>]]]]]]]] Command AT+CMUX=0,0,,1500,50,3,9 0 Possible Responses OK Or CME ERROR:<error> or AT+CMUX? +CMUX : <mode>,[<subset>],, <N1>,<T1>,<N2>,<T2>,<T3>[,< k>] or +CME ERROR: <error> AT+CMUX=? +CMUX: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <subset>s),(list of supported <port_speed>s),(list of supported <N1>s),(list of supported <T1>s),(list of supported <N2>s),(list of supported <T2>s),(list of supported <T3>s),(list of supported <k>s) OK

Defined Values <operation> 0 1 multiplexer Transparency Mechanism = = Basic option (default) Advanced option (not supported)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

179

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<subset>

Settings to set up multiplexer control channel. Subsequent virtual channels shall be set up according to control channel <subset> settings if not defined

0 1 2 Default value: 0 <port_speed> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

= = =

UIH frames used only UI frames used only; value currently not supported I frames used only; value currently not supported

Transmission Rate = = = = = = = 9600 bps 19200 bps 38 400 bps 57 600 bps 115 200 bps 230 400 bps 1 Mbit/s (default)

<N1>

Maximum Frame Size 32768; currently only the range 1 -1509 is supported default Value : 31 (64 if Advanced option is used)

<T1>

Acknowledgement timer in ten milliseconds units Values 1 to 255. Default is 10 (100 ms)

<N2>

Maximum number of re-transmissions Values 0 to 100. Default is 3. ; currently only the range 0 -5 is supported

<T2>

Response timer for the multiplexer control channel in ten milliseconds units Values 2 to 255. Default is 30 (300 ms)

Note : T2 must be set to have a longer time than T1.

<T3>

Response timer for wake up in seconds Values 1 to 255. Default is 10. ; currently not supported, in case of read command 0 is returned;

<k>

Window size. Applicable only for Advanced Option with Error Recovery Values 1 to 7. Default is 2. currently not supported, in case of read command 0 is returned.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

180

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

13 SYSTEM CONTROL AND STATUS COMMANDS


13.1 Reset $CRST

Description: This command resets the module after the time specified by the second parameter. An immediate reset can also be performed using AT$CRST.

Syntax: AT$CRST=[<Mode>],[<Delay>][,<Remain Time>]

Response Syntax: $CRST: <Mode>,<Delay>,<RemainTime>

Command AT$CRST=? AT$CRST=0


Note: Disable timer

Possible Responses OK OK OK

AT$CRST=1,001:03
Note: Enable timer and set delay to 1 hour 3 minutes

AT$CRST?

$CRST: 1,001:03,001:01
Note: Timer activated to reset after 1 hour and 3 minutes. At this point, 1 hour and 1 minute remain before next reset.

AT$CRST=1,05
Note: Enable timer and set delay to 5 seconds

OK

AT$CRST? AT$CRST

$CRST: 1,05,02
Note: Timer activated to reset after 5 seconds. At this point, 2 seconds before reset. Note: Resets module immediately

Defined Values

<mode> 0 = Timer reset is disabled


181

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Timer reset is enabled

<Delay>

Sets the time before reset Range 000:01-168:59 (format hhh:mm) Range "01"-"59" (format ss)

<RemainTime>

Time before next reset Range 000:01-168:59 (format hhh:mm) Range "01"-"59" (format ss)

13.2 Configure IO Directions $CIOC

Description: The command sets status of IO ports.

Syntax: AT$CIOC =<port>,<function>,<default value>

Command AT$CIOC=4,2,1
Note: set port 4 as a Output port with HIGH

Possible Responses OK
Note: Done

AT$CIOC

Invalid Command ERROR


Note: Invalid command

AT$CIOC=?

$CIOC: (1-17),(0,1,2),(0,1) OK

AT$CIOC?
Note: List all (in GPIOs current function AU001.1.0.1.001

$CIOC: 1,0 $CIOC: 2,0 $CIOC: 3,1 $CIOC: 4,1 $CIOC: 5,0 $CIOC: 6,0 $CIOC: 7,0

firmware version)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

182

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

$CIOC: 8,0 $CIOC: 9,0 $CIOC: 10,0 $CIOC: 11,0 $CIOC: 12,0 $CIOC: 13,0 $CIOC: 14,0 $CIOC: 15,0 $CIOC: 16,0 $CIOC: 17,0 OK

Defined Values

<port> The port number. Port 1 to 17 is represented by 1 to 17 respectively.

<function> 0 1 2 = = = Default function Input Port Output Port

<default value> 0 1 = = LOW HIGH

Note: This value will be in effect only when <function> is set to 2

TR-900 Controllable I/O Pin Mapping Table: AT Command Map 1 2 3 4 5 TR-900 I/O Name GPIO-1 GPIO-2 GPIO-3 GPIO-4 GPIO-5 Default Function DSR RI BUZZER LPG KBC4

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

183

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

GPIO-6 GPIO-7 GPIO-8 GPIO-9 GPIO-10 GPIO-11 GPIO-12 GPIO-13 GPIO-14 GPIO-15 GPIO-16 GPIO-17

SPI_MISO SPI_NCS DCD MCSI_CK MCSI_FS MCSI_RX MCSI_TX DTR SPI_NCS1 SPI_MOSI SPI_CLK KBR4

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

184

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

13.3 Read IO Status $CIOR

Description: The command reads the status of one or all IO ports. Please note that the port must be set as an input port (by AT$CIOC) before reading its status.

Syntax: AT$CIOR =<port> Command AT$CIOR=4


Note: Request status for port 4

Possible Responses $CIOR: 4,1 OK


Note: status of port 4 is displayed

AT$CIOR

Invalid Command ERROR


Note: Invalid command

AT$CIOR=?

$CIOR: (1-17) OK

AT$CIOR?
Note: Check Current Value

$CIOC: 1,0 $CIOC: 2,0 $CIOC: 3,1 $CIOC: 4,0 $CIOC: 5,0 $CIOC: 6,0 $CIOC: 7,0 $CIOC: 8,0 $CIOC: 9,0 $CIOC: 10,0 $CIOC: 11,0 $CIOC: 12,0 $CIOC: 13,0 $CIOC: 14,0 $CIOC: 15,0 $CIOC: 16,0 $CIOC: 17,0 OK
Note: status for port 1 to 17 is displayed

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

185

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<port> The port number. Port 1 to 17 is represented by 1 to 17 respectively.

<status> 0 1 = = LOW HIGH

13.4 Write IO Status $CIOW

Description: The command sets the status of an IO ports. Please note that the port must be set as an output port (by AT$CIOC) before setting its status.

Syntax: AT$CIOW =<port>,<status>

Command AT$CIOW=4,1
Note: set port 4 to HIGH

Possible Responses OK
Note: Done

AT$CIOW

Invalid Command ERROR


Note: Invalid command

AT$CIOW=?

$CIOW: (1-17),(0,1) OK

AT$CIOW?

ERROR

Defined Values

<port> The port number. Port 1 to 17 is represented by 1 to 17 respectively.

<status> 0 1 = = LOW HIGH

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

186

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

13.5 Event Query $CIOE

Description: This command allows the application to query for the event that triggered off the hardware indication. The response can show up to 8 events in sequential order, stored in FIFO (first-in first-out) order. After the command is entered, the previous logs will be cleared. Note: Our current platform only supports event query for GPIO-2(RI).

Syntax: AT$CIOE=<mode>,<field>

Response Syntax: $CIOE: <n1>,<n2><nx>...<n8> where <n1> is latest event. In the scenario where events do not fill up all 8 slots, slots shall be left empty as shown in the table below.

Command AT$CIOE=1,1

Possible Responses OK
Note: This sets the mode to port setting and port assigned is GPIO-2 (RI). Hardware indications of events will be displayed.

AT$CIOE=3,600 AT$CIOE?

OK
Note: This sets the mode to Loss of GSM registration and timing to be triggered to be 600s.

$CIOE=1,2 $CIOE=2 $CIOE=3,600 OK

AT$CIOE

$CIOE: 1,1,1,2,,,, OK
Note: This response indicates incoming SMS, incoming SMS, incoming SMS and loss of GSM registration in sequential order.

Defined Values

<mode> 1 2 3 = = = Port Setting Incoming SMS Loss of GSM registration

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

187

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<field> For <mode>=1 This is the port to be assigned. (1~17) Currently, only 2 has been implemented.

For <mode>=2

NA

For <mode>=3

This parameter sets the time duration (in unit of 1s) from the time the corresponding event is first observed till this time duration has expired. After this time has expired, the firmware will again check for this event. If the event is still present, the hardware indication will be presented and the event will be logged. If not, nothing will happen. In the event that the timer has not expired and the module has regained GSM registration, the timer stops counting. Range from 0 to 600 (Default is 600)

<nx> 1 2

Event = = Incoming SMS Loss of GSM registration

Usage example (Incoming SMS):

Command AT$CIOE

Possible response(s) $CIOE: 2,,,,,,,

Explanation MCU reads the event response which indicates loss of GSM registration.

OK +CMTI:SM,2 This response means that there is a new incoming SMS and it triggers off a hardware indication on GPIO-2 (RI) to the MCU, which wakes up after 6-7 seconds. AT$CIOE $CIOE: 1,2,,,,, MCU reads the event response indicates a new incoming SMS that is logged down as the OK latest event.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

188

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Usage example (loss of GSM registration):

Command AT$CIOE=1,1 AT$CIOE=3,600

Possible response(s) OK OK

Explanation Sets event hardware indication to port 2. Sets time duration for event (loss of GSM registration) to 600s.

AT+CREG=1

OK

Enable

network

registration

unsolicited

responses AT+CNMI=2,1,0,0,0 OK Enables new message indicator for new SMS (+CMTI responses) +CREG: 0,0 This response means GSM registration is lost and it triggers off a hardware indication on GPIO-2 (RI) to the MCU, which wakes up after 6-7s. This indication is shown only after the 600s duration has expired.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

189

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

14 SPECIFIC COMMANDS
14.1 General Indications $CTRACE

Description: This command allows the user to enable or disable unsolicited indications for different levels of module readiness.

The indications cover: Physical status change of SIM detect pin (SIM Removal) Call Setup AT-Commands availability on start-up Syntax: AT$CTRACE= <mode> Command AT$CTRACE=? AT$CTRACE=256 Possible Responses $CTRACE: (0-511)
Note: Gives the possible value range

OK RING $CTRACE: 8
Note: Audio On

AT$CTRACE?

$CTRACE: 0 OK
Note: No unsolicited $CTRACE will be indicated

$CTRACE: 5,1
Note: Call created at index 1

$CTRACE: 6,1
Note: Call released from index 1

AT$CTRACE settings are automatically stored in Non- Volatile memory. This means the &W command does not need to be used and the selected flows are always activated after initialization.

The unsolicited response would be: $CTRACE: <ind>,[<idx>] <idx>: Call identifier, defined in +CLCC command

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

190

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<mode> 0 1 (bit 0) = 2 (bit 1) = = No unsolicited $CTRACE: <ind> will occur (default value)

SIM Remove indication Product is ready to process AT commands (except phonebooks, AOC, SMS), but still in emergency mode.

4 (bit 2)

The product is ready to process all AT commands, at the end of initialization or after swapping to ADN in case of FDN configuration

8 (bit 3) 16 (bit 4) 32 (bit 5)

= = =

Network service available indication Network lost indication A new call identifier has been created (after an ATD command, +CCWA indication)

64 (bit 6) 128 (bit 7) 256 (bit 8)

= = =

An active, held or waiting call has been released by network or other party Calling party alert indication Audio ON indication

Combination (addition of the values) is used to allow more than one indication flow: 0 mode 511 The response is OK if the values are in the previous range.

<ind> 0 1 = = SIM Removal detected Product is ready to process AT commands (except phonebooks, AOC, SMS), at initialization or after AT+CFUN=1 2 = Product is ready to process all AT commands, end of phonebook init or swap (FDN to ADN) 3 4 5 6 = = = = The network service is available The network is lost. Call <idx> has been created Call <idx> has been released, after a NO CARRIER, or after the release of a call waiting 7 8 = = Calling party is alerting Audio ON

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

191

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15 GPRS COMMANDS
15.1 Define PDP Context +CGDCONT

Description: The set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>. If the command is used only with the one parameter <cid>, it means that the corresponding PDP context becomes undefined.

Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context. Test command returns values supported as a compound value. Syntax: AT+CGDCONT=*<cid> *,<PDP_type> *,<APN> *,<PDP_addr> *,<d_comp> *,<h_comp> *,<pd1> *,*,pdN+++++++++

Command AT+CGDCONT=[<cid> [,<PDP_type> [,<PDP_addr> [,<h_comp> *,*,pdN+++++++++ +CGDCONT? [,<APN> [,<d_comp> [,<pd1>

Possible Responses OK Or ERROR

+CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>, <APN>,<PDP_addr>, <d_comp>, <h_comp>*,<pd1>*,*,pdN+++ OK

AT+CGDCONT=?

+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s), <PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s), (list of supported <h_comp>s)[,(list of supported <pd1>s)*,*,(list of supported <pdN>s)+++ OK

AT+CGDCONT=?

+CGDCONT: (1-11),"IP",,,(0),(0-3) +CGDCONT: (1-11),"IPV6",,,(0),(0-3) OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

192

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

AT+CGDCONT=1,IPV6,int ernet
Note: APN for the particular network is set to internet

OK

AT+CGDCONT=1,IP,inter net AT+CGDCONT?

OK

+CGDCONT: 1,"IPV6","internet","",0,0 +CGDCONT: 2,"IP","internet","",0,0 +CGDCONT: 3,"IP","sunsurf","",0,0 OK

Defined Values

<cid>

PDP Context Identifier. It is a numeric parameter, which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TEMT interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands. The range of the permitted values (minimum value = 1) is returned by the TEST command.

<PDP_type>

Packet Data Protocol type. A string parameter that specifies the type of packet data protocol

IP IPV6

Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5) Internet Protocol, version 6 (IETF RFC 2460)

<APN>

Access Point Name. A string parameter used to select the Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN) or the external packet data network.

<PDP_address>

a string parameter that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. If the value is null or omitted, then a value may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup procedure or, failing that, a dynamic address will be requested. The read form of the command will continue to return the null string even if an address has been allocated during the PDP startup procedure. The allocated address may be read using the +CGPADDR command.

<d_comp> 0 1 2

a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression = = = off (default if value is omitted) on (manufacturer preferred compression) V.42 bis
193

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Other values are reserved.

<h_comp> 0 1 2 3 4 Other values are reserved. Note:

a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression = = = = = off (default if value is omitted) On RFC1144 (applicable for SNDCP only) RFC2507 RFC3095 (applicable for PDCP only)

At present only one data compression algorithm (V.42bis) is provided in Sub Network Dependent Convergence Protocol (SNDCP).

<pd1>, <pdN> zero to N string parameters whose meanings are specific to the <PDP_type>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

194

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.2 Quality of Service Profile (Requested) +CGQREQ

Description: This command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network.

Set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>. The syntax form used only with parameter <cid>, causes the requested profile for the indicated context number to become undefined. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context. Test command returns values supported as a compound value. Syntax: AT+CGQREQ=[<cid> [,<precedence > [,<delay> [,<reliability.> [,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]]]

Command AT+CGQREQ=[<cid> [,<precedence > [,<delay> [,<reliability.> [,<mean>]]]]]] AT+CGQREQ? [,<peak>

Possible Responses OK or ERROR

+CGQREQ: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability>, <peak>, <mean> OK

AT+CGQREQ=?

+CGQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) OK

AT+CGQREQ=1,1,1,1,1,1 AT+CGQREQ=?

OK +CGQREQ: "IP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-31) +CGQREQ: "PPP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-31) OK

AT+CGQREQ?

+CGQREQ: 1,1,1,1,1,1 OK

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

195

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<cid>

a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command).

<precedence>

a numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class

Precedence 1

Precedence Name High priority

Interpretation 1 Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and 3.

Normal priority

Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence class 3.

Low priority

Service commitments shall be maintained after precedence classes 1 and 2.

<delay>

a numeric parameter which specifies the delay class

Delay classes

Delay (maximum values) SDU size: 128 octets Mean Transfer Delay (sec) 95 percentile Delay (sec) SDU size: 1024 octets Mean Transfer Delay (sec) 95 percentile Delay (sec)

1. (Predictive)

< 0.5

< 1.5

<2

<7

2. (Predictive)

<5

< 250

< 15

< 75

3. (Predictive)

< 50

< 250

< 75

< 375

4. (Best Effort)

Unspecified

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

196

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<reliability>

a numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class

Reliability Class 1

GTP Mode

LLC Frame Mode

LLC Data Protection

RLC Block Mode

Traffic Type

Acknowledged

Acknowledged

Protected

Acknowledged

Non traffic, sensitive

real-time error-

application

that

cannot cope with data loss 2


Unacknowledged Acknowledged Protected Acknowledged

Non traffic, sensitive

real-time error-

application can cope

that with data

infrequent loss 3
Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Protected Acknowledged

Non traffic, sensitive

real-time error-

application

that

can cope with data loss, and SMS 4


Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Protected Unacknowledged

GMM/SM,

Real-time

traffic,

error-sensitive application that

can cope with data loss 5


Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Unprotected Unacknowledged

Real-time

traffic,

error non-sensitive application that

can cope with data loss.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

197

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<peak>

a numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class

Peak Throughput Class 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Peak Throughput in octets per second Up to 1 000 (8 kbits/s) Up to 2 000 (16 kbits/s) Up to 4000 (32 kbits/s) Up to 8000 (64 kbits/s) Up to 16 000 (128 kbits/s) Up to 32 000 (256 kbits/s) Up to 64000 ( 512 kbits/s) Up to 128 000 (1 024 kbits/s) Up to 256 000 ( 2 048 kbits/s)

<mean>

a numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class

Mean Throughput Class 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 31

Mean Throughput in octets per hour 100 (~0.22 bit/s) 200 (~0.44 bit/s) 500 (~1.1 bit/s) 1 000 (~2.2 bit/s) 2 000 (~4.4 bit/s) 5 000 (~11.1 bit/s) 10 000 (~22 bit/s) 20 000 (~44 bit/s) 50 000 (~111 bit/s) 100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s) 200 000 (~0.44 kbit/s) 500 000 (~1.11 kbit/s) 1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s) 2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s) 5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s) 10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s) 20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s) 50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s) Best effort

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

198

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.3 Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable) +CGQMIN

Description: This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile that is checked by the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message.

The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>. The read command returns the current settings for each defined context. The test command returns values supported as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CGQMIN=[<cid> [,<precedence > [,<delay> [,<reliability.> [,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]]] Command AT+CGQMIN=[<cid> [,<precedence > [,<delay> [,<reliability.> [,<mean>]]]]]] AT+CGQMIN? +CGQMIN: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability>, <peak>, <mean> OK AT+CGQMIN=? +CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) OK AT+CGQMIN? +CGQMIN: 1,1,4,5,2,31 OK AT+CGQMIN=? +CGQMIN: IP,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-31) +CGQMIN: PPP,(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-31) OK AT+CGQMIN? +CGQMIN: 1,1,4,5,2,31 OK [,<peak> Possible Responses OK or ERROR

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

199

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<cid>

a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command).

<precedence>

a numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class

<delay>

a numeric parameter which specifies the delay class

<reliability>

a numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class

<peak>

a numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class

<mean>

a numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class

Please refer to +CGQREQ for details in values.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

200

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.4 GPRS Attach or Detach +CGATT

Description: This command is used to attach the MT to or detach the MT from the Packet Domain service. Set command is used to attach the MT to, or detach the MT from the Packet Domain service. Read command returns the current Packet Domain service state. Test command is used for requesting information on the supported Packet Domain service states.

Syntax: AT+ CGATT= [<state>]

Command AT+CGATT= [<state>]

Possible Responses OK or ERROR

AT+CGATT?

+CGATT: <state> OK

AT+CGATT=?

+CGATT: (list of supported <state>s) OK

AT+CGATT=1
Note: force MT to attach

OK +CGREG: 0,1 OK
Note: MT has attached to GPRS network

AT+CGREG?
Note: request for GPRS registration status

AT+CGATT=0
Note: ask for detach from GPRS service

OK

AT+CGREG?

+CGREG: 0,0 OK
Note: MT has detached from GPRS network

Defined Values <state> 0 1 = = indicates the state of GPRS attachment detached attached

Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the execution command.
All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd 201

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.5 PDP Context Activate or Deactivate +CGACT

Description: This execution command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context(s).After this command the MT remains in the command state. If any context is already in the requested state, the state for the context remains unchanged. If the requested state cannot be achieved, an ERROR is returned. If the MT is not GPRS attached when the activation form of the command is executed, the MT first performs a GPRS attach and them attempts to activate the specified contexts.

Syntax: AT+CGACT=*<state> *,<cid>*,<cid>*,++++ Command AT+CGACT=[<state> *,<cid>*,<cid>*,++++ Possible Responses OK or ERROR AT+CGACT? +CGACT: <cid>, <state> OK AT+CGACT=? +CGACT: (list of supported <state>s) OK AT_CGACT=1,1
Note: Activate PDP Context for <cid> 1 specified by +CGDCONT command

OK

AT+CGACT?

+CGACT: 1,1 +CGACT: 2,0 +CGACT: 3,0 OK

AT+CGACT=?

+CGACT: (0-1) OK

Defined Values <state> 0 1 = = indicates the state of PDP context activation deactivated activated

Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the execution command. <cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command).+CGDCONT

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

202

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.6 Define Secondary PDP Context +CGDSCONT


This command is used to define a secondary PDP context by specifying the PDP context parameter values for a <cid> (local context identification parameter). If the command is used only with the one parameter <cid>, it means that the corresponding PDP context becomes undefined.

Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a Secondary PDP context identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context. Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

Syntax: AT+CGDSCONT= [<cid>, <p_cid> [, <d_comp> [, <h_comp>]]] Command +CGDCONT=[<cid>, <p_cid> [,<d_comp> [,<h_comp>]]] +CGDSCONT? Possible Responses OK Or ERROR +CGDSCONT: <cid>, <p_cid>, <d_comp>, <h_comp> OK +CGDSCONT=? +CGDSCONT: (range of <cid>s),(list of <cid>s for defined primary contexts),<PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s),(list of supported <h_comp>s) OK

Defined Values <cid> (PDP Context identifier) It is a numeric parameter, which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TEMT interface and is used in other PDP context-related commands. The range of the permitted values (minimum value = 1) is returned by the TEST command.

<p_cid> (Primary PDP context identifier) It is a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition which has been specified by use of the +CGDCONT command. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface. The list of permitted values is returned by the test form of the command.
All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd 203

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<d_comp> (a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression (applicable for SNDCP only)) 0 1 2 off (default if value is omitted) on (manufacturer preferred compression) V.42 bis

Other values are reserved.

<h_comp> (a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression) 0 1 2 3 4 off (default if value is omitted) on (manufacturer preferred compression) RFC1144 (applicable for SNDCP only) RFC2507 RFC3095 (applicable for PDCP only)

Other values are reserved.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

204

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.7 Enter Data State +CGDATA

Description: This execution command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the TE and the network using one or more GPRS PDP types. This may include performing a GPRS attach and one or more PDP context activations. If the parameters are accepted, MT displays the intermediate result code CONNECT on TE and enters the online data state; thereafter data transfer may proceed. No other commands following +CGDATA in the command line will be processed.

After data transfer is complete, the MT re-enters the command state and the final result code is displayed on TE. In error case the final result code NO CARRIER or CME ERROR :<error> is displayed.

PS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the +CGATT and +CGACT commands.

If no <cid> is given or if there is no matching context definition, the MT shall attempt to activate the context with whatever information is available to the MT. The other context parameters shall be set to their default values.

If the activation is successful, data transfer may proceed.

After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully, the V.250 command state is re-entered and the MT returns the final result code OK.

Set command specifies the <L2P> and <cid> to establish data call (csd connection state) Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

Syntax: AT +CGDATA=*<L2P> ,*<cid> *,<cid> *,++++ Command AT+CGDATA=[<L2P> ,[<cid> *,<cid> *,++++ Possible Responses CONNECT It follows data transfer or CME ERROR: <error> AT+CGDATA=? +CGDATA: (list of supported <L2P>s)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

205

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

AT+CGDATA=PPP,1
Note: force a PDP context activation with PDP id 1 of +CGDCONT

CONNECT

Defined Values <L2P> a string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT

NULL PPP PAD X25 M-OPT-PPP M-HEX M-RAW_IP

none, for PDP type OSP: IHOSS (Obsolete) Point-to-point protocol for a PDP such as IP character stream for X.25 character (triple X PAD) mode (Obsolete) X.25 L2 (LAPB) for X.25 packet mode (Obsolete). MS supports manufacturing specific protocol MS supports manufacturing specific protocol MS supports manufacturing specific protocol.

<cid>

a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command).

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

206

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.8 Show PDP Address +CGPADDR

Description: The command lists PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers. The set command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers. Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.

Syntax: AT+CGPADDR=*<cid> *,<cid>*,+++ Command AT+CGPADDR=[<cid> [,<cid> *,+++ Possible Responses +CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr> [<CR><LF>+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr> *++ OK Or +CME ERROR: <error> AT+CGPADDR=? AT+CGPADDR=1 +CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s) +CGPADDR: 1,"172.22.156.68" OK
Note: PDP address is displayed during a GPRS connection when an IP is assigned. It is omitted if none is available

AT+CGPADDR=?

+CGPADDR: (1) OK

Defined Values <cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT command). If no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined contexts are returned.

<PDP_address>

a string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the +CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to by <cid>. <PDP_address> is omitted if none is available.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

207

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.9 Automatic Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation +CGAUTO

Description: This command is used to disable or enable an automatic positive response (auto-answer) to the receipt of a Request PDP Context Activation message from the network. The set command enables or disables an auto-answer to the receipt of a Request PDP Context Activation message from the network. The read command returns the current setting for the auto-answer whether its enabled or disabled. The test command returns the values of <n> supported by MT as a compound value. Syntax: AT+CGAUTO =[<n>]

Command AT+CGAUTO=[<n>]

Possible Responses OK Or CME ERROR : <error>

AT+CGAUTO? AT+CGAUTO=?

+CGAUTO: <n> +CGAUTO: (list of supported <n>s)

Defined Values

<n> 0 1 = =

a numeric parameter which indicates the setting for the auto-answer to be used Turn off automatic response for Packet Domain only Turn on automatic response for Packet Domain only

For <n> = 0 Packet Domains network requests are manually accepted or rejected by the +CGANS command. For <n> = 1 Packet Domain network requests are automatically accepted according to the description above. As described elsewhere in this specification.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

208

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.10 GPRS Mobile Station Class +CGCLASS

Description: This command allows to set the MT to operate according to the specified GPRS mobile class. Set command is used to set the MT to operate according the specified mode of operation. Read command returns the mode of operation set by the TE. Test command is used for requesting information on the supported MT mode of operation.

Syntax: AT+CGCLASS= [<class>] Command AT+CGCLASS= [<class>] Possible Responses OK or ERROR AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: <class> OK AT+CGCLASS=? +CGCLASS: (list of supported <class>s) OK AT+CGCLASS=B AT+CGCLASS? OK +CGCLASS: "B" OK AT+CGCLASS=? +CGCLASS: ("B","CG","CC") OK

Defined Values <class> a string parameter which indicates the GPRS mobile class (in descending order of functionality) A B CG CC = = = = class A // only supported if UMTS_SUPPORT is enabled class B class C in GPRS only mode class C in circuit switched only mode

Note: If the MT is GPRS attached when the set command is issued with a <class> = CC specified, a GPRS detach request shall be sent to the network. If the MT is GSM attached when the set command is issued with a <class> = CC specified, a GSM detach request shall be sent to the network.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

209

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.11 Changing the Startup MS Class +XCGCLASS


This command allows setting the default value of the MS class which is used at startup

Syntax: AT+XCGCLASS=[<class>] Command AT+XCGCLASS=CC Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> Read command AT+XCGCLASS? Test command AT+XCGCLASS=? +XCGCLASS: <class> OK +XCGCLASS: (B,CC) i.e. (list of supported class values) OK

Defined values <class> may be B CC meaning mobile class B meaning mobile class CC.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

210

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.12 GPRS Event Reporting +CGEREP

Description: This command is used to enable or disable sending of unsolicited result codes, +CGEV: XXX from MT to TE in the case of events occurring in the Packet Domain

The Set command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes, +CGEV: XXX from MT to TE in the case of certain events occurring in the Packet Domain MT or the network. The read command returns the current value of <mode> and <bfr> parameters. The test command lists the supported values for <mode> and for <bfr>.

Syntax: AT+CGEREP=[<mode>[,<bfr>]] Command AT+CGEREP=[<mode>[,<bfr >]] AT+CGEREP? Possible Responses OK ERROR +CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr> OK AT+CGEREP=? +CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <bfr>s) OK AT+CGEREP=0 AT+CGEREP=? OK +CGEREP: (0-2),(0,1) OK AT+CGEREP? +CGEREP: 0,0 OK

Defined Values

<mode> 0 = buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT; if MT result code buffer is full, the oldest ones can be discarded. No codes are forwarded to the TE. 1 = discards unsolicited result codes when MT-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE 2 = buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT when MT-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE when MT-TE link becomes available; otherwise forward them directly to the TE

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

211

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<bfr> 0 = MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode> 1 or 2 is entered 1 = MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE <mode> 1 or 2 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the codes) 3 = Circuit switched preferred (use Packet Domain if circuit switched not available)

15.13 GPRS Network Registration Status +CGREG

Description: This command gives the information of state of GPRS network registration. This set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the MTs GPRS network registration status, or code +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] [,<AcT>,<rac>]when <n>=2 and there is a change in the network cell. Read command returns information on the network registration mode along with status of the network. It also gives information of location area code, cell id if available, access Technology and routing area code. Test command returns the range of supported network registration mode (i.e. <n>).

Syntax: AT+CGREG=[<n>] Command AT+CGREG=[<n>] Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> AT+CGREG? +CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] OK AT+CGREG=? +CGREG: (list of supported <n>s) OK AT+CGREG=? +CGREG: (0-2) OK AT+CGREG? AT+CGATT=1
Note: attach to GPRS network

+CGREG: 0,0 OK +CGREG: 0,1


Note: successful registered/attached to home network

AT+CGREG?
Note: request for GPRS registration status

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

212

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined Values

<n> 0 1 2 = = = disable network registration unsolicited result code enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat> enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]

<stat> 0 1 2 = = = not registered, ME is not currently searching an operator to register to registered, home network not registered, but ME is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to register to 3 4 5 = = = registration denied unknown registered, roaming on a visited PLMN

<lac>

string type; two byte location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in decimal)

<ci>

string type; two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

213

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.14 Select Service for MO SMS Messages +CGSMS

Description: This command is used to set GSM service for MO SMS.

The set command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will use to send MO SMS messages. The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference. The test command is used for requesting information on the currently available services and service preferences.

Syntax: AT+CGSMS=[<service>]

Command AT+CGSMS= [<service>]

Possible Responses OK Or CME ERROR : <error>

AT+CGSMS?

+CGSMS: <service> OK

AT+CGSMS=?

+CGSMS: (list of currently available <service>s) OK

AT+CGSMS=3 AT+CGSMS=?

OK +CGSMS: (0-3) OK

AT+CGSMS?

+CGSMS: 3 OK

Defined Values

<service> 0 1 2 3

a numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used = = = = GPRS circuit switched GPRS preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS not available) circuit switched preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched not available)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

214

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.15 PDP Context Modify +CGCMOD


The execution command is used to modify the specified PDP context (s) with respect to QOS profiles and TFTs. The set command is used to modify the specified PDP context (s) with respect to QoS profiles and TFTs. The test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with active contexts.

Syntax: AT+CGCMOD = *<cid>*,<cid>*,+++ Command +CGCMOD= *<cid>*,<cid>*,+++ Possible Responses OK Or CME ERROR : <error> Test +CGCMOD=? +CGCMOD: (list of <cid>s associated with active contexts)

Defined Values <cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands)

15.16 Traffic Flow Template +CGTFT


This command allows the TE to specify a Packet Filter PF for a Traffic Flow Template TFT that is used in the GGSN for routing of down-link packets onto different QoS flows towards the TE.

The set command specifies a Packet Filters that is to be added to the TFT stored in the MT and used for the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>. The read command returns the current settings for all Packet Filters for each defined context. The test command returns values supported as a compound value.

Syntax Command syntax: AT+CGTFT = [<cid>, [<packet filter identifier>, <evaluation precedence index> [,<source address and subnet mask> [,<protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)> [,<destination port range> [,<source port range> [,<ipsec security parameter index (spi)> [,<type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask> [,<flow label (ipv6)> ]]]]]]]]]

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

215

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Command +CGTFT=[<cid>, [<packet filter identifier>, <evaluation precedence index> [,<source address and subnet mask> [,<protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)> [,<destination port range> [,<source port range> [,<ipsec security parameter index (spi)> [,<type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask> [,<flow label (ipv6)> ]]]]]]]]] +CGTFT?

Possible Responses OK ERROR

+CGTFT: <cid>, <packet filter identifier>, <evaluation precedence index>, <source address and subnet mask>, <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>, <destination port range>, <source port range>, <ipsec security parameter index (spi)>, <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>, <flow label (ipv6)> [<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <cid>, <packet filter identifier>, <evaluation precedence index>, <source address and subnet mask>, <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>, <destination port range>, <source port range>, <ipsec security parameter index (spi)>, <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>, <flow label (ipv6)> *++

+CGTFT=?

+CGTFT: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <packet filter identifier>s), (list of supported <evaluation precedence index>s), (list of supported <source address and subnet mask>s), (list of supported <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>s), (list of supported <destination port range>s), (list of supported <source port range>s), (list of supported <ipsec security parameter index (spi)>s), (list of supported <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>s), (list of supported <flow label (ipv6)>s) [<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <packet filter identifier>s), (list of supported <evaluation precedence index>s), (list of supported <source address and subnet mask>s), (list of supported <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>s), (list of supported <destination port range>s), (list of supported <source port range>s), (list of supported <ipsec security parameter index (spi)>s), (list of supported

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

216

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>s), (list of supported <flow label (ipv6)>s) *++ Defined Values <cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands).

<packet filter identifier> Numeric parameter, value range from 1 to 8.

<source address and subnet mask> Consists of dot-separated numeric (0-255) parameters on the form a1.a2.a3.a4.m1.m2.m3.m4, for Ipv4 and a1.a2.a3.a4.a5.a6.a7.a8.a9.a10.a11.a12.a13.a14.a15.a16. m1.m2.m3.m4.m5.m6.m7.m8.m9.m10.m11.m12.m13.m14.m15.m16, for Ipv6.

<protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)> Numeric parameter, value range from 0 to 255.

<destination port range> Consists of dot-separated numeric (0-65535) parameters on the form f.t.

<source port range> Consists of dot-separated numeric (0-65535) parameters on the form f.t.

<ipsec security parameter index (spi)> Hexadecimal parameter, value range from 00000000 to FFFFFFFF.

<type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask> Dot-separated numeric (0-255) parameters on the form t.m.

<flow label (ipv6)> Hexadecimal parameter, value range from 00000 to FFFFF. Valid for Ipv6 only.

<evaluation precedence index> Numeric parameter, value range from 0 to 255.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

217

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.17 3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum acceptable) +CGEQMIN


This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile, which is checked by the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate/Modify PDP Context Accept message.

Set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>. The specified profile will be stored in the MT and checked against the negotiated profile only at activation or MS-initiated modification of the related context. The read command returns the current settings for each defined context. Test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line.

syntax : AT+ CGEQMIN Command Set Command AT+CGEQMIN=[<cid> [,<Traffic class> [,<Maximum bitrate UL> [,<Maximum bitrate DL> [,<Guaranteed bitrate UL> [,<Guaranteed bitrate DL> [,<Delivery order> [,<Maximum SDU size> [,<SDU error ratio> [,<Residual bit error ratio> [,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> [,<Transfer delay> [,<Traffic handling priority> [,<Source statistics descriptor> [,<Signalling indication>]]]]]]]]]]]]]]] Read Command AT+CGEQMIN? +CGEQMIN: <cid>, <Traffic class> ,<Maximum bitrate UL>, <Maximum bitrate DL> ,<Guaranteed bitrate UL> ,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>, <Delivery order> ,<Maximum SDU size> ,<SDU error ratio> ,<Residual bit error ratio> ,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> ,<Transfer delay> ,<Traffic handling priority> [,<Source statistics Possible Responses OK ERROR

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

218

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

descriptor> ,<Signalling indication>] [<CR><LF>+CGEQMIN: <cid>, <Traffic class> ,<Maximum bitrate UL> ,<Maximum bitrate DL> ,<Guaranteed bitrate UL> ,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>, <Delivery order> ,<Maximum SDU size> ,<SDU error ratio> ,<Residual bit error ratio> ,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> ,<Transfer delay> ,<Traffic handling priority> [,<Source statistics descriptor> ,<Signalling indication>] *++ Test Command AT+CGEQMIN=? +CGEQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <Traffic class>s) ,(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s) ,(list of supported <Maximum bitrate DL>s), (list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s), (list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s) ,(list of supported <Delivery order>s) ,(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s) ,(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s) ,(list of supported <Residual bit error ratio>s) ,(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s) ,(list of supported <Transfer delay>s) ,(list of supported <Traffic handling priority>s) [,(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s) ,(list of supported <Signalling indication>s)] [<CR><LF>+CGEQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <Traffic class>s) ,(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s), (list of supported <Maximum bitrate DL>s) ,(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL >s), (list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL >s) ,(list of supported <Delivery order>s) ,(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s) ,(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s) ,(list of supported <Residual bit error ratio>s) ,(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s) ,(list of supported <Transfer delay>s) ,(list of supported <Traffic handling priority>s) [,(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s) ,(list of supported <Signalling indication>s)] *++

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

219

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined values <cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands). The following parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 23.107 [46].

<Traffic class> a numeric parameter that indicates the type of application for which the UMTS bearer service is confirmat. 0 1 2 3 conversational streaming interactive background

Other values are reserved.

<Maximum bitrate UL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=,32, ) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 *8+ subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Maximum bitrate DL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=,32, ) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 *8+ subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Guaranteed bitrate UL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=,32, ) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 *8+ subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Guaranteed bitrate DL>: a numeric parameter that indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=,32, ) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Delivery order>: a numeric parameter that indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence SDU delivery or not. 0 1 no yes

Other values are reserved.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

220

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<Maximum SDU size> a numeric parameter (1,2,3,) that indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<SDU error ratio> a string parameter that indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or detected as erroneous. SDU error ratio is defined only for conforming traffic. The value is specified as mEe. As an example a target SDU error ratio of 510-3 would be specified as 5E3 (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=,5E3,) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Residual bit error ratio> a string parameter that indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. The value is specified as mEe. As an example a target residual bit error ratio of 510-3 would be specified as 5E3 (e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=,5E3,) (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 *8+ subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> a numeric parameter that indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be delivered or not. 0 1 2 no yes no detect

Other values are reserved.

<Transfer delay> a numeric parameter (0,1,2,) that indicates the targeted time between request to transfer an SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP, in milliseconds (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Traffic handling priority> a numeric parameter (1,2,3,) that specifies the relative importance for handling of all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer compared to the SDUs of other bearers (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Source Statistics Descriptor> Supported in R7 P S a numeric parameter that specifies characteristics of the source of the submitted SDUs for a PDP context. This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5). 0 1 Characteristics of SDUs is unknown (default value) Characteristics of SDUs corresponds to a speech source

Other values are reserved.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

221

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<Signalling Indication> Supported in R7 P S a numeric parameter used to indicate confirmat content of submitted SDUs for a PDP context. This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as interactive (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5). 0 1 PDP context is not optimized for confirmat (default value) PDP context is optimized for confirmat

<PDP_type> (see +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands). If a value is omitted for a particular class then the value is considered to be unspecified.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

222

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.18 3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested) +CGEQREQ


This command allows the TE to specify a UMTS Quality of Service Profile that is used when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network.

Set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>. The specified profile will be stored in the MT and sent to the network only at activation or MS-initiated modification of the related context. Read command returns the current settings for each defined context. Test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT supports several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line.

Syntax: AT+ CGEQREQ Command Set Command AT+CGEQREQ=[<cid> [,<Traffic class> [,<Maximum bitrate UL> [,<Maximum bitrate DL> [,<Guaranteed bitrate UL> [,<Guaranteed bitrate DL> [,<Delivery order> [,<Maximum SDU size> [,<SDU error ratio> [,<Residual bit error ratio> [,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> [,<Transfer delay> [,<Traffic handling priority> [,<Source statistics descriptor> [,<Signalling indication>]]]]]]]]]]]]]]] Read Command AT+CGEQREQ? +CGEQREQ: <cid>, <Traffic class> ,<Maximum bitrate UL> ,<Maximum bitrate DL> ,<Guaranteed bitrate UL> ,<Guaranteed bitrate DL> ,<Delivery order> ,<Maximum SDU size> ,<SDU error ratio> ,<Residual bit error ratio> ,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> ,<Transfer delay> ,<Traffic handling priority> [,<Source statistics descriptor> ,<Signalling Possible Responses OK ERROR

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

223

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

indication>] [<CR><LF>+CGEQREQ: <cid>, <Traffic class> ,<Maximum bitrate UL> ,<Maximum bitrate DL> ,<Guaranteed bitrate UL> ,<Guaranteed bitrate DL> ,<Delivery order> ,<Maximum SDU size> ,<SDU error ratio> ,<Residual bit error ratio> ,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> ,<Transfer delay> ,<Traffic handling priority> [,<Source Statistics Descriptor> ,<Signalling Indication>] *++ Test Command AT+CGEQREQ=? +CGEQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <Traffic class>s) ,(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s), (list of supported <Maximum bitrate DL>s), (list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s), (list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Delivery order>s) ,(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s) ,(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s) ,(list of supported <Residual bit error ratio>s) ,(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s) ,(list of supported <Transfer delay>s) ,(list of supported <Traffic handling priority>s) [,(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s) ,(list of supported <Signalling indication>s)] [<CR><LF>+CGEQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <Traffic class>s) ,(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s), (list of supported <Maximum bitrate DL>s), (list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s), (list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Delivery order>s) ,(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s) ,(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s) ,(list of supported <Residual bit error ratio>s) ,(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s) ,(list of supported <Transfer delay>s) ,(list of supported <Traffic handling priority>s) ] [,(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s) ,(list of supported <Signalling indication>s)] *++

Defined values <cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands).

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

224

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

The following parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 23.107 [46]

<Traffic class> a numeric parameter that indicates the type of application for which the UMTS bearer service is Confirmat. 0 1 2 3 4 conversational streaming interactive background subscribed value

If the Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming, then the Guaranteed and Maximum bitrate parameters should also be provided. Other values are reserved.

<Maximum bitrate UL> a numeric parameter that indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32 kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=,32, ). This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Maximum bitrate DL> a numeric parameter that indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32 kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=,32, ). If the parameter is set to 0 the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Guaranteed bitrate UL> a numeric parameter that indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=,32, ). If the parameter is set to 0 the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Guaranteed bitrate DL> a numeric parameter that indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=,32, ). If the parameter is set to 0 the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

225

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<Delivery order> a numeric parameter that indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence SDU delivery or not. 0 1 2 no yes subscribed value.

Other values are reserved.

<Maximum SDU size> a numeric parameter (1,2,3,) that indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets. If the parameter is set to 0 the subscribed value will be requested (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<SDU error ratio> a string parameter that indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or detected as erroneous. SDU error ratio is defined only for conforming traffic. The value is specified as mEe. As an example a target SDU error ratio of 510-3 would be specified as 5E3 (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=,5E3,). 0E0 means subscribed value (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Residual bit error ratio> a string parameter that indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. The value is specified as mEe. As an example a target residual bit error ratio of 510-3 would be specified as 5E3 (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=,5E3,). 0E0 means subscribed value (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> a numeric parameter that indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be delivered or not. 0 1 2 3 no yes no-detect subscribed value

Other values are reserved.

<Transfer delay> a numeric parameter (0,1,2,) that indicates the targeted time between request to transfer an SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP, in milliseconds. If the parameter is set to 0 the subscribed value will be requested (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Traffic handling priority> a numeric parameter (1,2,3,) that specifies the relative importance for handling of all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer compared to the SDUs of other bearers. If the parameter is set to 0 the subscribed value will be requested (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

226

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<Source Statistics Descriptor> Supported in R7 P S a numeric parameter that specifies characteristics of the source of the submitted SDUs for a PDP context. This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5). 0 1 Characteristics of SDUs is unknown (default value) Characteristics of SDUs corresponds to a speech source

Other values are reserved.

<Signalling Indication> Supported in R7 P S a numeric parameter used to indicate confirmat content of submitted SDUs for a PDP context. This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as interactive (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5). 0 1 PDP context is not optimized for confirmat (default value) PDP context is optimized for confirmat<PDP_type>: (see +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands

15.19 3G Quality of Service Profile (Negotiated) +CGEQNEG


This command allows the TE to retrieve the negotiated QoS profiles returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message. Set command allows the TE to retrieve the negotiated QoS profiles returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message. Test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with active contexts.

Command Set Command AT+CGEQNEG =*<cid>*,<cid>*,+++

Possible Responses +CGEQNEG: <cid>, <Traffic class> ,<Maximum bitrate UL>, <Maximum bitrate DL> ,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>, <Guaranteed bitrate DL> ,<Delivery order> ,<Maximum SDU size> ,<SDU error ratio> ,<Residual bit error ratio> ,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> ,<Transfer delay> ,<Traffic handling priority> [<CR><LF>+CGEQNEG: <cid>, <Traffic class> ,<Maximum bitrate UL>, <Maximum bitrate DL> ,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>, <Guaranteed bitrate DL> ,<Delivery order> ,<Maximum SDU size> ,<SDU error ratio> ,<Residual bit error ratio> ,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> ,<Transfer delay> ,<Traffic handling priority> *++

Test Command AT+CGEQNEG=?

+CGEQNEG: (list of <cid>s associated with active contexts)

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

227

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Defined values <cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands). The following parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 23.107 [46]

<Traffic class> a numeric parameter that indicates the type of application for which the UMTS bearer service is optimised. 0 1 2 3 conversational streaming interactive background

Other values are reserved.

<Maximum bitrate UL> a numeric parameter that indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32 kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. +CGEQNEG:,32, ) (refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Maximum bitrate DL> a numeric parameter that indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP As an example a bitrate of 32 kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. +CGEQNEG:,32, ) (refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Guaranteed bitrate UL> a numeric parameter that indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS (up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. +CGEQNEG:,32, ) (refer TS 24.008 *8+ subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Guaranteed bitrate DL> a numeric parameter that indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS (down-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an example a bitrate of 32 kbit/s would be specified as 32 (e.g. +CGEQNEG:,32, ) (refer TS 24.008 *8+ subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Delivery order> a numeric parameter that indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence SDU delivery or not. 0 1 no yes

Other values are reserved.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

228

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

<Maximum SDU size> a numeric parameter that (1,2,3,) indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets (refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<SDU error ratio> a string parameter that indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or detected as erroneous. SDU error ratio is defined only for conforming traffic. The value is specified as mEe. As an example a target SDU error ratio of 510-3 would be specified as 5E3 (e.g. +CGEQNEG:,5E3,) (refer TS 24.008 *8+ subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Residual bit error ratio> a string parameter that indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. The value is specified as mEe. As an example a target residual bit error ratio of 510 -3 would be specified as 5E3 (e.g. +CGEQNEG:,5E3,) (refer TS 24.008 *8+ subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> a numeric parameter that indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be delivered or not. 0 1 2 no yes no detect

Other values are reserved.

<Transfer delay> a numeric parameter (0,1,2,) that indicates the targeted time between request to transfer an SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP, in milliseconds (refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).

<Traffic handling priority> a numeric parameter (1,2,3,) that specifies the relative importance for handling of all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer compared to the SDUs of other bearers (refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

229

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.20 Set Type of Authentication +XGAUTH


This proprietary command allows to enter the type of authentication for a user-name (using a password) for the specified PDP context Set command allows to enter the type of authentication for a user-name (using a password) for the specified PDP context. Test command rerturns (list of supported <cid>s),(list of supported <auth>s),lname,lpwd.

Syntax : AT+XGAUTH=<cid>,<auth>,<name>,<pwd> Command Set Command AT+XGAUTH=1,1,GSM,1234 Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> Test command AT+XGAUTH=? +XGAUTH: (1-255),(0-1),20,32 ie..(list of supported <cid>s),(list of supported <auth>s),lname,lpwd OK

Defined Values

<cid> PDP context identifier

<auth> authentication may be: 0 1 2 meaning authentication protocol not used (NONE: see also 2.1 <APN>) meaning personal authentication protocol (PAP: see also 2.1 <APN>) meaning handshake authentication protocol (CHAP: see also 2.1 <APN>)

<name> user name as string with length <lname>

<pwd> password as string with maximum length <lpwd>

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

230

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.21 Dynamic DNS Request +XDNS


This command enables / disables a dynamic DNS (Domain Name Service) request before context activation.

After context activation the DNS addresses of all activated contexts can be read out.

Set command enables/ disables a dynamic DNS (Domain Name Service) request before context activation. Read command is used to read DNS addresses of all activated contexts after context activation. Test command rerturns (list of supported <cid>s), (list of supported <mode>s)

Syntax: AT+XDNS=<cid>,<mode> Command Set Command AT+XDNS=1,1 Possible Responses OK or CME ERROR: <error> Read command AT+XDNS? +XDNS: <cid>, <primary DNS>, <secondary DNS> [+XDNS: <cid>, <primary DNS>, <secondary DNS> *++ OK Test command AT+XDNS=? +XDNS: (1-255) , (0-2) i.e. (list of supported <cid>s), (list of supported <mode>s) OK

Defined Values

<mode> may be 0 1 2 disable dynamic DNS Request enable dynamic DNS Request (Ipv4) enable dynamic DNS Request (Ipv6)

<primary DNS>, <secondary DNS> address is the same coded than <PDP_address>

The DNS address is by default 0.0.0.0 which is not a valid address.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

231

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

15.22 Automatic Response to a Network Request for PDP Context Activation 'S0'

Description: The V.250 'S0=n' (Automatic answer) command may be used to turn off (n=0) and on (n>0) the automatic response to a network request for a PDP context activation.

When the 'S0=n' (n>0) command is received, the MT shall attempt to perform a GPRS attach if it is not already attached. Failure will result in ERROR being returned to the TE. Subsequently, the MT will announce a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING to the TE, followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT. The MT then enters V.250 online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a +CGANS=1 with no <L2P> or <cid> values specified.

Note: The 'S0=n' (n=0) command does not perform an automatic GPRS detach.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

232

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

16 MOBILE EQUIPMENT RESULT CODE AND DEFINITION


16.1 General Errors
Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 40 Description phone failure no connection to phone phone-adaptor link reserved operation not allowed operation not supported PH-SIM PIN required PH-FSIM PIN required PH-FSIM PUK required SIM not inserted SIM PIN required SIM PUK required SIM failure SIM busy SIM wrong incorrect password SIM PIN2 required SIM PUK2 required memory full invalid index not found memory failure text string too long invalid characters in text string dial string too long invalid characters in dial string no network service network timeout network not allowed - emergency calls only network personalization PIN required

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

233

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 100

network personalization PUK required network subset personalization PIN required network subset personalization PUK required service provider personalization PIN required service provider personalization PUK required corporate personalization PIN required corporate personalization PUK required Unknown

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

234

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

16.2 CMS Error Codes


16.2.1 Failure to Transfer or Process a Short Message

Value 128 129 130 143 144 145 159 160 161 175 176 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 208 209 210 211 255 300 301 302 303 304 305

Description Telemetric interworking not supported Short message Type 0 not supported Cannot replace short message Unspecified TP-PID error Data coding scheme (alphabet) not supported Message class not supported Unspecified TP-DCS error Command cannot be actioned Command unsupported Unspecified TP-Command error TPDU not supported SC busy No SC subscription SC system failure Invalid SME address Destination SME barred SM Rejected-Duplicate SM TP-VPF not supported TP-VP not supported SIM SMS storage full No SMS storage capability in SIM Error in MS Memory Capacity Exceeded Unspecified error cause ME failure SMS service of ME reserved operation not allowed operation not supported invalid PDU mode parameter invalid text mode parameter

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

235

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 320 321 322 330 331 332 340 500 512 513

SIM not inserted SIM PIN required PH-SIM PIN required SIM failure SIM busy SIM wrong SIM PUK required SIM PIN2 required SIM PUK2 required Memory failure invalid memory index memory full SMSC address unknown no network service network timeout no +CNMA acknowledgement expected unknown error Failed to Abort ACM Reset Needed

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

236

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

16.3 CEER Error Codes


16.3.1 Normally Occurring Errors Description Unassigned Number No route to destination Channel Unacceptable Operator Determined Barring Normal Call Clearing User Busy No User Responding User Alerting, No Answer Call Rejected Number Changed Non-selected User Clearing Destination out of order Invalid Number Format Facility Rejected STATUS ENQUIRY Unspecified

Value 1 3 6 8 16 17 18 19 21 22 26 27 28 29 30 31

16.3.2

Errors Caused by Unavailable Resources Description No Circuit/Channel Unavailable Network Out of Order Temporary Failure Switching Equipment Congestion Access Information Discarded Requested Circuit/Channel Unavailable Resource Unavailable No Circuit/Channel Unavailable Network Out of Order Temporary Failure

Value 34 38 41 42 43 44 47 34 38 41

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

237

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

42 43 44 47

Switching Equipment Congestion Access Information Discarded Requested Circuit/Channel Unavailable Resource Unavailable

16.3.3

Errors Due to Service or Option Not Available Description Quality of Service Unavailable Requested Facility not subscribed Incoming calls barred within the CUG Bearer Capability Not Recognized Bearer Capability Not Presently Available Service Unavailable ACM equal to or greater than ACMmax Quality of Service Unavailable Requested Facility not subscribed Incoming calls barred within the CUG Bearer Capability Not Recognized Bearer Capability Not Presently Available Service Unavailable ACM equal to or greater than ACMmax Quality of Service Unavailable Requested Facility not subscribed

Value 49 50 55 57 58 63 68 49 50 55 57 58 63 68 49 50

16.3.4

Errors Due to Service or Option Not Implemented Description Bearer Service Not Implemented Requested Facility Not Implemented Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available Service Not Implemented

Value 65 69 70 79

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

238

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

16.3.5

Errors Caused by Invalid Message Description Invalid Transaction Identifier Value User Not Member of CUG Incompatible Destination Invalid Transit Network Selection Semantically incorrect message

Value 81 87 88 91 95

16.3.6

Errors Caused by Protocol Error Description Invalid Mandatory Information Message Type Non-existent or not implemented Message Type not Compatible with Protocol State Information element non-existent or not implemented Conditional IE error Message Not Compatible with protocol state Recovery on timer expiry Protocol error, unspecified

Value 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 111

16.3.7

Interworking Errors Description Interworking, unspecified

Value 127

16.3.8

Other Error Codes Description Requested Bearer Service Not Available No Transaction ID available Timer 303 GPRS establish fail No Error Failed

Value 200 201 202 203 210 211

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

239

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

212 213

Timeout Bearer Service Not Compatible

16.4 GPRS-Related Errors


16.4.1 Errors Related to a Failure to Perform an Attach Description Illegal MS (#3) Illegal ME (#6) GPRS services not allowed (#7) PLMN not allowed (#11) Location area not allowed (#12) Roaming not allowed in this location area (#13)

Value 103 106 107 111 112 113 Note:

Values in parentheses are GSM 04.08 cause codes.

16.4.2

Errors Related to a Failure to Activate a Context Description service option not supported (#32) requested service option not subscribed (#33) service option temporarily out of order (#34) PDP authentication failure

Value 132 133 134 149 Note:

Values in parentheses are GSM 04.08 cause codes.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

240

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

16.4.3

Other GPRS Errors Description invalid mobile class unspecified GPRS error

Value 150 148

Note: Other values in the range 101 - 150 are reserved for use by GPRS

Failure cause from 3GPP 2 4.008 (used in +CEER SS categories) SS network error cause (acc 3GPP 24.008, 4.5 except internal error 0 and 255) can be 0 MN_MS_INT_SS_ERROR - This is used when the SS operation was unsuccessful due to an MS internal reason 255 MN_MS_INT_SS_TIME_OUT - This is used when the SS operation was unsuccessful due to a missing answer from the network 1 MN_UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER 9 MN_ILLEGAL_SUBSCRIBER 10 MN_BEARER_SERVICE_NOT_ 11 MN_TELESERVICE_NOT_PROVISIONED 12 MN_ILLEGAL_EQUIPMENT 13 SYNONYM MN_CALL_BARRED 16 MN_ILLEGAL_SS_OPERATION 17 MN_SS_ERROR_STATUS 18 MN_SS_NOT_AVAILABLE 19 MN_SS_SUBSCRIPTION_VIOLATION 20 MN_SS_INCOMPATIBILITY 21 MN_FACILITY_NOT_SUPPORTED 27 MN_ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER 29 MN_SHORT_TERM_DENIAL 30 MN_LONG_TERM_DENIAL 34 MN_SYSTEM_FAILURE 35 MN_DATA_MISSING 36 MN_UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE 37 MN_PW_REGISTRATION_FAILURE 38 MN_NEGATIVE_PW_CHECK 43 MN_NUMBER_OF_PW_ATTEMPTS_VIOLATION 54 MN_POS_METHOD_FAILURE 71 MN_UNKNOWN_ALPHABET 72 MN_USSD_BUSY 121 MN_REJECTED_BY_USER 122 MN_REJECTED_BY_NETWORK 123 MN_DEFLECTION_TO_SERVER_SUBSCRIBED 124 MN_SPECIAL_SERVICE_CODE 125 MN_INVALID_DEFLECTED_NUMBER 126 MN_MAX_NUMBER_OF_MPTY_PARTICIPANTS_EXCEEDED 127 MN_RESOURCES_NOT_AVAILABLE

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

241

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

SS network GSM cause (acc 3GPP 24.008, section 10.5.4.11 "Cause", all values greater than 255 are internal values) 1 MN_UNASSIGNED_NUMBER 3 MN_NO_ROUTE 6 MN_CHANNEL_UNACCEPTABLE 8 MN_OPERATOR_BARRING 16 MN_NORMAL_CALL_CLEARING 17 MN_USER_BUSY 18 MN_NO_USER_RESPONDING 19 MN_USER_ALERTING_NO_ANSWER 21 MN_CALL_REJECTED 22 MN_NUMBER_CHANGED 26 MN_NON_SELECTED_USER_CLEARING 27 MN_DESTINATION_OUT_OF_ORDER 28 MN_INVALID_NUMBER_FORMAT 29 MN_FACILITY_REJECTED 30 MN_RESPONSE_TO_STATUS_ENQUIRY 31 MN_NORMAL_UNSPECIFIED 34 MN_NO_CIRCUIT_AVAILABLE 38 MN_NETWORK_OUT_OF_ORDER 41 MN_TEMPORARY_FAILURE 42 MN_SWITCH_CONGESTION 43 MN_ACCESS_INFORMATION_DISCARDED 44 MN_REQUESTED_CIRCUIT_NOT_AVAILABLE 47 MN_RESOURCES_UNAVAILABLE 49 MN_QUALITY_UNAVAILABLE 50 MN_FACILITY_NOT_SUBSCRIBED 55 MN_INCOMING_CALLS_BARRED_IN_CUG 57 MN_BEARER_CAPABILITY_NOT_ALLOWED 58 MN_BEARER_CAPABILITY_NOT_AVAILABLE 63 MN_SERVICE_NOT_AVAILABLE 65 MN_BEARER_SERVICE_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 68 MN_ACM_GREATER_OR_EQUAL_TO_ACMMAX 69 MN_FACILITY_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 70 MN_ONLY_RESTRICTED_DIGITAL 79 MN_SERVICE_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 81 MN_INVALID_TI 87 MN_USER_NOT_IN_CUG 88 MN_INCOMPATIBLE_DESTINATION 91 MN_INVALID_TRANSIT_NETWORK 95 MN_SEMANTICS_INCORRECT 96 MN_INVALID_MANATORY_INFORMATION 97 MN_UNKNOWN_MESSAGE_TYPE_1 98 MN_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE_TYPE 99 MN_UNEXPECTED_IE 100 MN_CONDITIONAL_IE_ERROR 101 MN_UNKNOWN_MESSAGE_TYPE_2 102 MN_RECOVERY_ON_TIMER_EXPIRY 111 MN_PROTOCOL_ERROR 127 MN_INTERWORKING 256 MN_VOID_CAUSE 257 MN_OUT_OF_MEMORY 258 MN_INVALID_PARAM 259 MN_DATA_CALL_ACTIVE

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

242

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319

MN_SPEECH_CALL_ACTIVE MN_DTMF_REJECTED_DURING_MO_CALL_SETUP MN_MOC_SETUP_REJ_DUE_TO_MISSING_ACM_INFO_IND MN_TEMPORARY_FORBIDDEN_CALL_ATTEMPT MN_CALLED_PARTY_IS_BLACKLISTED MN_BLACKLIST_IS_FULL_NO_AUTO_CALL_ATTEMPTS MN_TEMPORARY_FORBIDDEN_CALL_ATTEMPT_NO_SERVICE MN_TEMPORARY_FORBIDDEN_CALL_ATTEMPT_LIMITED_SERVICE MN_CLIENT_TEMPORARY_BARRED MN_DUAL_SERVICE_CALL_ACTIVE MN_ATC_FCLASS_NOT_SPEECH MN_SI_UNKNOWN_ERROR MN_DTMF_REJECTED_DUE_TO_CALL_HELD_OR_MPARTY MN_CLIENT_NOT_REGISTRATED MN_ACTIVE_CLIENT_GONE MN_DTMF_REJECTED_DUE_TO_DATA_TRANSMISSION MN_NO_APPROPRIATE_DTMF_ENTRY MN_SIM_STATUS_FAILURE MN_REJ_BY_CALL_CONTROL MN_FDN_FAILED MN_BDN_FAILED MN_ONLY_ERROR MN_NOT_IN_SPEECH_CALL MN_CCBS_POSSIBLE MN_INVALID_ALS_LINE MN_LND_OVERFLOW MN_DTMF_REJECTED_NO_TCH_AVAILABLE MN_NW_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED MN_MS_NO_SERVICE MN_MS_ACCESS_CLASS_BARRED MN_MS_NO_RESOURCE MN_MS_SERVICE_BUSY MN_MS_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED MN_DTMF_REJECTED_DUE_TO_SUP_TIMER_EXPIRY MN_SIMTK_SETUP_MODE_NOT_SUPPORTED MN_MMI_NOT_REGISTERED MN_SIMTK_SETUP_REJ_DUE_TO_MISSING_ACM_INFO_IND MN_SIMTK_SETUP_REJECTED_BY_THE_USER MN_SIMTK_SETUP_REJECTED_TIME_OUT MN_SIMTK_CALL_CONNECTED MN_DISCONNECT_DUE_TO_SIMTK_SETUP MN_SIMTK_SETUP_REJ_DUE_TO_PENDING_SIMTK_SETUP MN_SIMTK_CALL_CONNECTED_NO_ICON_DISPLAY MN_PENDING_SIMTK_SETUP MN_SIMTK_SIM_RESET MN_SIMTK_DTMF_TRANSMITTED MN_SIMTK_DTMF_TRANSMITTED_NO_ICON_DISPLAY MN_USER_DID_NOT_ACCEPT_CALL_SETUP MN_PROACTIVE_SIM_APPL_TERMINATED_BY_USER MN_SIMTK_ME_UNABLE_SCREEN_BUSY MN_SIMTK_ME_UNABLE_NO_SPECIFIC_CAUSE MN_SIMTK_UNSPECIFIED MN_SETUP_SS_ERR MN_SIMTK_NET_UNABLE_NO_SPECIFIC_CAUSE

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

243

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

320 330 331 332 333 334 335 336

MN_SIMTK_USSD_TRANSACTION_TERMINATED_BY_USER MN_PHONEBOOK_NOT_AVAILABLE MN_ATC_NO_MATCHING_PHONEBOOK_ENTRY MN_ATC_INVALID_DIALED_NUMBER MN_ATC_SETUP_TEMPORARY_BLOCKED MN_ATC_NO_PERMISSION MN_ATC_INVALID_CALL_SETTINGS MN_ATC_BLOCKING_CALL_PRESENT

SS network reject cause (acc 3GPP 24.008, 3.6.7, table 3.13 Tag 128 MN_GENERAL_PROBLEM With causes (3GPP 24.080, Table 3.14) 0 MN_UNRECOGNIZED_COMPONENT 1 MN_MISTYPED_COMPONENT 2 MN_BADLY_STRUCTURED_COMPONENT 129 MN_INVOKE_PROBLEM With causes (3GPP 24.008, Table 3.15) 0 MN_DUPLICATE_INVOKE_ID 1 MN_UNRECOGNIZED_OPERATION 2 MN_MISTYPED_PRO_PARAMETER 3 MN_RESOURCE_LIMITATION 4 MN_INITIATING_RELEASE 5 MN_UNRECOGNIZED_LINKED_ID 6 MN_LINKED_RESPONSE_UNEXPECTED 7 MN_UNEXPECTED_LINKED_OPERATION 130 MN_RETURN_RESULT_PROBLEM With causes (3GPP 24.008, Table 3.16) 0 MN_UNRECOGNIZED_INVOKE_ID 1 MN_RETURN_RESULT_UNEXPECTED 2 MN_MISTYPED_RES_PARAMETER 131 MN_RETURN_ERROR_PROBLEM With causes 0 MN_UNRECOGNIZED_ERROR_INVOKE_ID 1 MN_RETURN_ERROR_UNEXPECTED 2 MN_UNRECOGNIZED_ERROR 3 MN_UNEXPECTED_ERROR 4 MN_MISTYPED_ERROR_PARAMETER

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

244

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

17 SUPPORT/ CONTACT US
For distributor clients, please contact your respective distributor FAE.

For direct clients, please contact iWOW FAE (Technical Support Department) or email us at technicalsupport@iwow.com.sg.

For general enquiries please contact us at: iWOW Connections Pte Ltd 1 Lorong 2 Toa Payoh, #04-01 Yellow Pages Building Singapore 319637 Office: (65) 6748 8123 Fax : (65) 6748 2668 Email: sales@iwow.com.sg Website: http://www.iWOW.com.sg

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

245

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

APPENDIX A: SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE ELEMENTS


First Octet <f0>

MTI: bit1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 bit0 Message Type 0 SMS-DELIVER (in the direction SC to MS) 0 SMS-DELIVER REPORT (in the direction MS to SC) 0 SMS-STATUS-REPORT (in the direction SC to MS) 0 SMS-COMMAND (in the direction MS to SC) 1 SMS-SUBMIT (in the direction MS to SC) 1 SMS-SUBMIT-REPORT (in the direction SC to MS) 1 Reserved

RD: bit2 0 Instruct the SC to accept an SMS-SUBMIT for an SM still held in the SC that has the same TPMR and the same TP-DA as a previously submitted SM from the same OA. Instruct the SC to reject an SMS-SUBMIT for an SM still held in the SC that has the same TP1 MR and the same TP-DA as the previously submitted SM from the same OA. In this case an appropriate TP-FCS value will be returned in the SMS-SUBMITREPORT.

VPF: bit4 0 1 0 1 bit3 0 TP-VP field not present 0 TP-VP field present - relative format 1 TP-VP field present - enhanced format 1 TP-VP field present absolute format

SRR: bit5 0 1 A status report is not requested A status report is requested

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

246

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

247

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

UDHI: bit6 0 1 The TP-UD field contains only the short message The beginning of the TP-UD field contains a Header in addition to the short message

RP: bit7 0 1 TP-Reply-Path parameter is not set in this SMS-SUBMIT/DELIVER TP-Reply-Path parameter is set in this SMS-SUBMIT/DELIVER

Validity Period <VP> The representation of time is as follows:

TP-VP 0 to 143 144 to 167 168 to 196 197 to 255

Validity Period Value (TP-VP + 1) x 5 minutes (i.e. 5 minutes intervals up to 12 hours) 12 hours + ((TP-VP -143) x 30 minutes) (TP-VP - 166) x 1 day (TP-VP - 192) x 1 week

Protocol Identifier <pid>

bits 7 0 0 1 1

Usage 6 0 Assigns bits 0..5 as defined below 1 Assigns bits 0..5 as defined below 0 reserved 1 Assigns bits 0-5 for SC specific use

In the case where bit 7 = 0 and bit 6 = 0, bit 5 indicates telemetric interworking: value = 0 value = 1 : : no interworking, but SME-to-SME protocol telematic interworking

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

248

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

In the case of telemetric interworking, the following five bit patterns in bits 4..0 are used to indicate different types of telemetric devices:

40 00000 00001 00010 00011 00100 00101 00110 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 10000 10001 10010 10011... 10111 11000 11110 11111 implicit - device type is specific to this SC, or can be concluded on the basis of the address telex (or teletex reduced to telex format) group 3 telefax group 4 telefax voice telephone (i.e. conversion to speech) ERMES (European Radio Messaging System) National Paging system (known to the SC) Videotex (T.100/T.101) teletex, carrier unspecified teletex, in PSPDN teletex, in CSPDN teletex, in analog PSTN teletex, in digital ISDN UCI (Universal Computer Interface, ETSI DE/PS 3 01-3) (reserved, 2 combinations) a message handling facility (known to the SC) any public X.400-based message handling system Internet Electronic Mail (reserved, 5 combinations) values specific to each SC, usage based on mutual agreement between the SME and the SC (7 combinations available for each SC) A GSM mobile station. The SC converts the SM from the received TP-Data-Coding-Scheme to any data coding scheme supported by that MS (e.g. the default).

If bit 5 has value 1 in an SMS-SUBMIT PDU, it indicates that the SME is a telemetric device of a type which is indicated in bits 4..0, and requests the SC to convert the SM into a form suited for that device type. If the destination network is ISDN, the SC must also select the proper service indicators for connecting to a device of that type.

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

249

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

If bit 5 has value 1 in an SMS-DELIVER PDU, it indicates that the SME is a telemetric device of a type which is indicated in bits 4..0.

If bit 5 has value 0 in an SMS-DELIVER PDU, the value in bits 4..0 identifies the SM-AL protocol being used between the SME and the MS.

Note that for the straightforward case of simple MS-to-SC short message transfer the Protocol Identifier is set to the value 0.

In the case where bit 7 = 0, bit 6 = 1, bits 5..0 are used as defined below:

50 000000 000001 000010 000011 000100 000101 000110 000111 001000... 011110 011111 100000 111101 111110 111111 ME de-personalization Short Message SIM Data download Return Call Message Reserved Short Message Type 0 Replace Short Message Type 1 Replace Short Message Type 2 Replace Short Message Type 3 Replace Short Message Type 4 Replace Short Message Type 5 Replace Short Message Type 6 Replace Short Message Type 7 Reserved

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

250

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

APPENDIX B: SAVABLE PARAMETERS


General Commands AT Command +CSCS AT&W X AT+CSAS AT&F X Default Values PCCP437

Call Control Commands AT Command S0 +CSNS AT&W X X AT+CSAS AT&F X X Default Values 000 0

Network Service Related Commands AT Command +COPS +CREG AT&W X X AT+CSAS AT&F X X Default Values 0,2 0

Short Message Commands AT Command +CSMS +CPMS +CMGF +CSMP +CSCA +CNMI +CSDH X X AT&W X X X X X X X AT+CSAS AT&F X X X Default Values 0 SM,SM,SM 1 17,167,0,0 SIM dependent 0,1,0,0,0 0

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

251

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Audio Commands AT Command $VAUDIO $VSPK $VTXG $VRXG $VRXV $VSTN $VECHO AT&W X X X X X X X AT+CSAS AT&F X X X X X X X Default Values 0 0 12 0 3 7 $VECHO: 0,1 $VECHO: 1,2 $VECHO: 2,1 $VECHO: 3,20 $VECHO: 4,25000 $VECHO: 5,8191 $VECHO: 6,14080 $VECHO: 7,50 $VECHO: 8,4096 $VECHO: 9,4096 $VECHO: 10,512 $VECHO: 11,4 $VECHO: 12,64 $VOCR X X 1,1,1,1

Supplementary Services Commands AT Command +CLIP +COLP +CCWA +CSSN AT&W X X X X AT+CSAS AT&F X X X X Default Values 0 0 0 ( 0,0,7) 0,0

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

252

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

Data Commands AT Command +CBST +CRLP +CR +CRC +FCLASS +ILRR AT&W X X X X X X AT+CSAS AT&F X X X X X X Default Values 7,0,1 61,61,48,6 0 0 0 0

Mobile Equipment Control and Status Commands AT Command +IPR +ICF +IFC AT&W X X X X AT+CSAS AT&F Default Values 115200 3,4 2,2

Mobile Equipment Errors AT Command +CMEE AT&W X AT+CSAS AT&F X Default Values 0

V-25 Commands AT Command &C &D &S E Q V AT&W X X X X X X X X AT+CSAS AT&F Default Values 1 0 0 1 0 1

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

253

Confidential TR-900 Module AT Command Guide | 02000B34 v1.1

System Control Status Commands AT Command $CKEY $CIOC AT&W X X AT+CSAS AT&F X X Default Values 0 $CIOC: 1,0 $CIOC: 2,0 $CIOC: 3,1 $CIOC: 4,1 $CIOC: 5,0 $CIOC: 6,0 $CIOC: 7,0 $CIOC: 8,0 $CIOC: 9,0 $CIOC: 10,0 $CIOC: 11,0 $CIOC: 12,0 $CIOC: 13,0 $CIOC: 14,0 $CIOC: 15,0 $CIOC: 16,0 $CIOC: 17,0 $CSLEEP X X 0

GPRS Commands AT Command +CGAUTO +CGEREP +CGREG AT&W X X X X X AT+CSAS AT&F Default Values 3 0,0 0

All specifications are correct at the time of release. iWOW Connections owns the proprietary rights to the information contained herein this document. It may not be edited, copied or circulated without prior written agreement by iWOW Connections Pte Ltd. 2011 iWOW Connections Pte Ltd

254

You might also like